<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>State of the Media &#187; 2008 Pages</title>
	<atom:link href="http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://stateofthemedia.org</link>
	<description>Just another Pew Research site</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 21:35:39 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.5.1</generator>
		<item>
		<title>Trends</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/a-year-in-the-news/trends/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/a-year-in-the-news/trends/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2008 17:47:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>sfamoyegun</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[2008 Trends By the Project for Excellence in Journalism In 2008, the news agenda in the mainstream media shrank sharply, the press was late in picking up on the economic collapse and the war in Iraq all but disappeared from the news. A year earlier, two stories—the Iraq war and the early days of the [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>2008 Trends </strong></p>
<p><em>By the Project for Excellence in   Journalism </em></p>
<p>In 2008, the news agenda  in the mainstream media shrank  sharply, the press was late in picking  up on the economic collapse and the war  in Iraq  all but disappeared  from the news.</p>
<p>A year earlier, two   stories—the Iraq  war and the early days of the presidential  campaign—accounted for more than a  quarter of all the news coverage  studied by PEJ, crowding out many other  stories. That raised the  question of whether these were such important stories  that they  demanded that level of coverage,  or whether the fragmenting media  culture  tended, perhaps paradoxically, to focus on a limited number of  stories.</p>
<p>If the news agenda was  narrow in 2007, it constricted  considerably more in 2008. The two top  events—a dramatic and precedent-setting  election and a metastasizing  economic crisis—filled half the total <a href="http://journalism.org/about_news_index/methodology" target="_blank">newshole</a> studied, almost double the amount of the top two stories a year earlier, and  leaving little room for much else.</p>
<p>To put that in  perspective, in 2008 coverage of almost every  topic other than politics  and economics shrank. On the domestic side, that  translated into  diminished coverage of crime, health and medicine, disasters,  and  immigration as well as softer subjects such as celebrities and  lifestyle.  Overseas, attention to Iraq,  the leading newsmaker in 2007,  fell by about three-quarters. Coverage of other  hot spots crucial to  U.S.  interests, most notably Iran  and Pakistan, dropped as  well—about  75% in the case of Iran  and 40% with Pakistan.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="91%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> <a id="1topstories" name="1topstories"></a>Top 3 Stories: 2008 vs. 2007</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_a.gif" alt="s" width="449" height="296" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1067&amp;ct=col&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=1&amp;c3=1&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Source: PEJ, A Year in the News, 2008<br />
Note: Election includes stories about  the campaign, results, and the transition<br />
U.S. Economy includes stories about the  financial crisis,  economic numbers, gas/oil prices, auto industry, and  Freddie/Fannie<br />
Iraq War includes stories about Iraq policy debate, events in Iraq, and Iraq homefront
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>A year ago in this  report, the first in which we had such a  comprehensive content study of  the news media—some 70,000 stories—we were  struck by the narrowness of  the media agenda. More outlets seemed to have  resulted not in coverage  of more things, but more coverage of a few things.  That pattern seemed  to intensify in 2008. For much of the year, every story  other than the  election and the economic crisis was essentially a distraction.</p>
<p>We cannot know  for  certain how much of that  reflected the unusual nature of news in 2008,  with a historic presidential  election and a profound economic crisis.  But while those extraordinary events  help explain the lopsided  coverage, there is considerable evidence to suggest  that the narrowness  of the media lens is a more systemic issue, a function of  some of the  realities—including economic ones—in today’s news industry.</p>
<p>These are some of the  findings of A Year in the News, a  detailed examination of the content  of 48 news outlets over the 12 months.  Those 70,000 stories include  2,200 hours of network and cable television, 7,350  front-page newspaper  stories, 600 hours of radio, and 6,500 online stories.</p>
<p>Among other findings:</p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>The       presidential election—which  included coverage of the campaign itself,       analysis of the results,  and the transition to an Obama administration —       accounted for  more than one-third of all the newshole studied by PEJ in       2008.  That is more than twice the coverage Iraq generated as the No. 1        story in 2007. Nowhere was the fixation  on the  subject most        obvious than on prime-time cable news, which by year’s end had filled        virtually two-thirds of the time studied with coverage and  commentary on       the election.</li>
</ul>
<ul type="disc">
<li>One       major casualty of the focus on the  election was coverage of international       events, which fell by about  40% in 2008. Attention to Iraq, the top story of 2007,       plunged by  more than 75%. But that was not the only international story to        fall below the media’s gaze in 2008. Consider that the two-week long        Beijing Olympics generated more media scrutiny than such datelines as  Afghanistan, where more U.S. troops died in 2008 than in any year        since the war began,  Pakistan       and Iran.       On the domestic  side, fascination with the election contributed to sharply       reduced  coverage of topics such as government, crime and immigration.</li>
</ul>
<ul type="disc">
<li>The       financial crisis—a complex and  multilayered story—proved a difficult one       for the media to track.  Journalists were slow to pick up on the broader       implications of  what emerged as a housing markets crunch in late 2007.       Even though  coverage intensified somewhat in early 2008, the press again        drifted away from the economic story in the days just before the big        September collapse. But after Lehman Brothers failed, coverage  exploded,       filling about a quarter of the newshole (26%) during the  last three months       of the year. The roller coaster trajectory of  coverage in 2008 reflected       press problems in anticipating the  meltdown and its proclivity to       frantically “flood the zone” once  the dimensions of the crisis became       obvious.</li>
</ul>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Though       the presidential election and  unfolding economic crisis certainly were       major events, the  narrowness of the year’s news agenda also strikes us as       a function  of the current state and characteristics of the news industry.        Shrinking reporting resources, a diminishing commitment to overseas        coverage, a debate-driven cable and radio talk culture that amplifies  the       biggest story or two, and a lack of follow-up coverage in a  faster-moving       media culture all appeared to conspire to help  create the very top-heavy       news menu in 2008. Even with the  election behind us, there may not be much       reason to believe that  basic pattern will change in the foreseeable       future.</li>
</ul>
<ul type="disc">
<li>In       another indication of how the  election dominated the news agenda, 12 out       of the top 20 leading  newsmakers in 2008 were connected in some way to the       presidential  election. But not all politicians enjoyed their media       scrutiny in  2008. Three of the top 20 newsmaking public officials ran       afoul of  the law and two of those cases—involving former New York Governor        Eliot Spitzer and former Illinois Governor Rod Blagojevich— also ended  up       among the top crime-related stories of the year.</li>
</ul>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="93%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> <a id="1broadtopics" name="1broadtopics"></a>Top Broad Topics: Media Over All</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_b.gif" alt="d" width="450" height="279" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1080&amp;ct=sbar&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=0&amp;c3=0&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Source: PEJ, A Year in the News, 2008</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>The 800-pound  gorilla: The 2008 Presidential Election </strong></p>
<p>The degree to which the  American news media seized on a  campaign that generated intense public  interest is almost hard to conceive. The  election had already become  the No.  2  media story as far back as February 2007, and was the  second-biggest story for  that year—making the early level of coverage  unprecedented by any calculation.</p>
<p>But in 2008, as voters  finally participated in primaries and  caucuses, the campaign morphed  into something altogether different. It will be  instructive to monitor  whether we will see a single story of that magnitude  again in the  foreseeable future.</p>
<p>But in 2008, as voters  finally participated in primaries and  caucuses, the campaign morphed  into something altogether different. It will be  instructive to monitor  whether we will see a single story of that magnitude  again in the  foreseeable future.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="91%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> <a id="overtime" name="overtime"></a>Top 3 Stories: Coverage Over Time</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>2008</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_c.gif" alt="d" width="436" height="342" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1080&amp;ct=sbar&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=0&amp;c3=0&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Election includes stories about the campaign, results, and the transition.<br />
U.S. Economy includes stories about the  financial crisis, economic  issues, gas/oil prices, auto industry, and  Freddie Mac/Fannie Mae.<br />
Iraq War includes stories about Iraq policy  debate, events in Iraq, and the impact of the war in the U.S.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The No. 3  story in 2008, the war in Iraq.</p>
<ul>
<li>Of  the 15 biggest stories  week-by-week in 2008, the campaign accounted for 14 of  them. (The  financial crisis was the other No. 1 story during the week the $700   billion bailout was passed in Congress.)</li>
<li>In the two years that PEJ has  produced the Index, only one other story  that was not about the  election or economy — the horrific massacre on  the Virginia Tech campus  in 2007 —accounted for more than 40% of a  weekly newshole. Last year,  the campaign accounted for more than 40% of  a week’s news coverage 14  times. And in eight of those weeks, it  represented at least 50% of all  the news coverage examined.</li>
<li>Even during the so-called summer  doldrums—the period  between the end of the Democratic primary fight  and the nominating conventions,  when Americans traditionally head out  on vacation—the election was still  dominant. In that period, it  generated almost three times the coverage of the  No. 2 story, the  sputtering economy</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Election Coverage  Varied by Media Sector </strong></p>
<p>The  election was the top story in every media platform  studied, but it in  some cases it was thoroughly overwhelming. In only one media  platform  &#8212; newspaper front pages &#8212; did the story account for less than a   quarter of the coverage, at 23%. In network television news, the race  for the  White House constituted almost one-third of all the news  coverage, and on  radio, it was more than two-fifths.</p>
<p><a id="electioncov" name="electioncov"></a></p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="91%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> Election Coverage by Media Sector</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>2008</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_d.gif" alt="a" width="446" height="279" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1075&amp;ct=col&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=0&amp;c3=0&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Source: PEJ, A Year in the News, 2008</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>But no sector came close  to equaling the cable television  news networks’ relentless attention  to the story. In a year in which ratings  for all three major cable news  outlets—Fox News, CNN and MSNBC—jumped  substantially, much of that can  be attributed to the 59% of their airtime that  was devoted to the  presidential election. And that number rises further—to 65%  of the  newshole—in prime time.</p>
<p>Those statistics raise a  question: to what extent was cable  covering the election versus  exploiting it. The answer is probably subjective,  but the measure might  be how much of the time was used to offer new information  as opposed  to rehashing the same material because it was good for ratings.</p>
<p>With such a one-note  news agenda, it follows that cable news  channels devoted less coverage  to the economy and the war in Iraq than any of the other four  major  media platforms.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>1</sup></a></p>
<p><strong><a id="1theeconomy" name="1theeconomy"></a>The economy finally  emerges as a major story</strong></p>
<p>In 2008, as the U.S.  economy collapsed and raised  fears of a depression, it proved to be a  difficult story for the press to get a  handle on, a complex saga that  unfolded in fits and starts and was often  difficult to detect and  measure in real time. That dynamic changed in the last  quarter of the  year, when Wall Street firms collapsed, banks failed,  unemployment  ballooned and officials in Washington  tried to stop the bleeding with a  massive financial transfusion. At that point,  the dimensions of the  crisis had become clear in the media narrative. <a href="http://www.journalism.org/node/12377" target="_blank">(See PEJ Study on Economic coverage in the news) </a></p>
<p>For all of last year,  the financial story, which included  everything from energy costs and  the troubled auto industry to the Wall Street  bailout, accounted for  15% of the over all newshole<strong><em>. </em></strong>To provide some  context, that is almost as much coverage as the Iraq  war generated in  2007 (16%) and is about six times more coverage than the  economy  generated in 2007.</p>
<p>But much of that came in  the last three months of the year.  Although serious problems in the  U.S. economy, particularly in the  housing market, began to emerge in  the second half of 2007, the news media were  sporadic in their  attention and late to connect the dots. After an initial  spike in  coverage in August 2007, for instance (to 5% of the newshole up from  1%  in July), when the housing crisis became evident, coverage dropped  again by  about half over the next few months. Even in November and  December 2007, when  rising energy costs became a significant issue,  coverage remained no more than  5% of the over all newshole.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="90%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> <a id="economy" name="economy"></a>Economy Coverage Over Time</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>2007 through 2008</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_e.gif" alt="s" width="432" height="324" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1077&amp;ct=line&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=0&amp;c3=0&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Source: PEJ, A Year in the News, 2008<br />
*Includes stories about the financial crisis,  economic issues, gas/oil  prices, auto industry, and Freddie Mac/Fannie  Mae.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Then, in 2008, coverage  bumped up and down, and  it can be broken into several distinct phases   that varied in both subject matter and intensity. In the first quarter  of the  year, the economic news grew on fears of recession, filling 9%  of the newshole  and emerging as the second-biggest story behind the  election.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>2</sup></a></p>
<p>It remained at that  level (8%) in through June, but the  focus shifted again, from recession  fears toward an easier subject with plenty  of media-friendly visuals.  In the second quarter rising energy prices and “pain  at the pump”  accounted for nearly half—47%—of all economic news. The looming  banking  crisis, fueled by the collapsing housing market, was far less visible.   In August, the month before the crisis emerged fully blown, only 5% of  the  newshole focused on the economy, down from 11% in June.</p>
<p>Then on Sept. 15, the  prestigious investment firm Lehman  Brothers declared bankruptcy and  within days, members of Congress and the Bush  administration were  frantically trying to cobble together what became a $700  billion  bailout package. Suddenly, fears of a recession gave way to talk of the   most significant financial meltdown since the Great Depression.</p>
<p>For the next four weeks,  from September 15 to October 12,  the full-blown economic crisis  dominated the news, filling more than 40% of all  the coverage examined  by PEJ, more than the campaign now nearing the finish  line (35%).</p>
<p>Then from mid-October  until the end of the year, the economy  story fell back somewhat,  accounting for almost one-quarter of the over all news  studied.</p>
<p>In all this, one  longstanding pattern in the coverage  continued even late in the year.  The focus frequently shifted among different  aspects of the crisis. In  late September and early October, the politics of the  Washington   bailout bill was the dominant narrative. For the next few weeks, the  wild  fluctuations and decline of the stock market generated more  attention that any  other aspect. Then in mid-November, coverage  coalesced around the fate of the  troubled American auto industry. And  by December, some of the focus moved from  Wall Street to Main Street   as storylines such as unemployment numbers became more prominent.</p>
<p><strong>Were the media a day  late and a couple of trillion dollars short? </strong></p>
<p>There is no doubt that  the job of covering the trajectory of  the economic collapse in 2008  presented some great challenges for journalists. Certainly,  many  economists and government officials—people better equipped to understand   the financial system than the vast majority of journalists—were caught  off guard by the magnitude of the crisis and did  not ring the warning  bells that might have triggered quicker media  attention.  Logistically,  coverage of the  financial sector is complicated by the fact that  earnings reports and  government data lag behind real-time events. That  often leaves press accounts  out of sync with what is happening on the  ground.</p>
<p>But even with those  factors taken into consideration,  coverage of the run-up to the  September meltdown will not go down as one of the  media’s finer  moments. (The previous most recent challenge to the media might  be  journalism’s failure to scrutinize carefully enough the claims that  Saddam  Hussein had stockpiled weapons of mass destruction in the run-up  to the Iraq  war.) By and large, the press as an institution failed to  function as an early  warning system for what is now being called the  biggest economic disaster since  the Great Depression.</p>
<p>That can be attributed,  in part at least, to the media’s  overarching preoccupation with the  presidential election. Yet other factors  strike us as also being in  play. Journalists may have failed to have their ears  close enough to  the ground, relying instead on official pronouncements about  the state  of the economy rather than on the economic realities facing the  storeowner,  the homeowner and the breadwinner. And cutbacks in  newsrooms may accentuate all  this by reducing the number of specialists  who are expert in financial  reporting.</p>
<p>Public interest in the  economic story—as tracked by a series  of surveys by the Pew   Research  Center  for the People &amp; the Press—consistently outstripped media  attention the  story in late 2007 and in the early part of last year.  For months, the average  citizen seemed more attuned to the rumblings  underneath the financial landscape  than the journalists.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>3</sup></a></p>
<p>Hindsight is 20/20, but  economic journalists themselves seem  to be aware of their shortcomings  last year.   According to a January 2009 survey conducted by the media  consulting  firm of Abrams Research, a solid majority of financial  journalists who were  polled (68%) were critical of the media’s  performance on the economy, feeling  that the press failed to recognize  the magnitude of the story in the run-up to  the crisis.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>4</sup></a></p>
<p>“Lots of people saw the  various pieces of the crisis just  fine; it was predicting the way that  events unfolded that made everyone,  including journalists, look  foolish,” one business reporter lamented. <a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>5</sup></a></p>
<p><strong><a id="1iraqwar" name="1iraqwar"></a>The Iraq war virtually disappears </strong></p>
<p>In a year in which the  election and the economy consumed  half the over all newshole, which  stories lost out in the competition for press  attention?</p>
<p>The most glaring example  is the Iraq war. In 2008, the Iraq  conflict generated about a quarter  of the coverage it received the previous  year—falling to 4% of the  newshole from 16% in 2007. In only one media sector,  newspapers, which  devoted 6% of their front-page coverage to the conflict, did  the Iraq   war constitute more than 5% of the over all news coverage studied in  2008.</p>
<p>Several components of  the over all Iraq  story saw huge decreases in coverage—a reflection, to  some extent, of changing  conditions both inside Iraq  and  domestically. With sectarian violence and U.S.  casualties down  significantly (U.S.  military deaths in Iraq  dropped to 314 in 2008  from 904 in 2007), coverage of events on the ground in Iraq  dropped by  two-thirds (to 2% from 6%).</p>
<p>Even larger was the  drop-off in press attention to the  Washington-based debate over war  policy and strategy—to 1% from 8% the previous  year. Some of that   decrease can be attributed to the fact that the war,  both as a subject  in the presidential campaign and as a point of conflict  between the  Congress and White House, diminished significantly as an issue.</p>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="90%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td height="25" align="right">
<div><!--begin copying chart here--> Iraq War Coverage Over Time</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>2007 through 2008</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div><img src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/images/AR%202009%20Chart%20Images/A%20year%20in%20the%20news/intro_f.gif" alt="s" width="436" height="323" /></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="17" align="right"><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/chartland.php?id=1078&amp;ct=line&amp;dir=&amp;sort=&amp;c1=1&amp;c2=0&amp;c3=0&amp;c4=0&amp;c5=0&amp;c6=0&amp;c7=0&amp;c8=0&amp;c9=0&amp;c10=0&amp;d3=0&amp;dd3=1" target="_blank">Design Your Own Chart</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td height="11" align="right">
<div>Source: PEJ, A Year in the News, 2008<br />
*  Includes stories about Iraq policy debate, events in Iraq, and the  impact of the war in the U.S.</p>
</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>In 2007, the battle for  control over war funding and  withdrawal timetables between President  George Bush and the new  Democratic-controlled Congress raged for  months. In 2008, it was clear that the  White House would control Iraq   policy until the end of Bush’s term. The war—once expected to be the  burning  issue in the presidential campaign—receded sharply as the  economy supplanted it  in polls about public concerns. Indeed, the  candidates’ debate over Iraq  policy accounted for only 1% of all  coverage of the presidential campaign  compared with 3% for the economy.  <strong> </strong></p>
<p>Even these numbers are  somewhat misleading because the  numbers were much lower for much of the  year. A single event, General David  Petraeus’ trip to Capitol Hill in  April to testify on the war, accounted for  19% of all the Iraq  policy  coverage in 2008. That eagerly awaited appearance before a largely   skeptical Congress was certainly newsworthy. But the amount of coverage  it  generated—combined with the significant drop in coverage of the  situation  inside Iraq—is  an illustration of how much easier it is for  the media to jump on a  Washington-based wartime topic than to convey  the facts and factions on the ground  in a conflict thousands of miles  away.   By year’s end, the three television broadcast networks with news   programs had closed their expensive bureaus in Baghdad.</p>
<p>There are a number of  reasons—both related to the war itself  and the realities of the news  business—that help explain the reduction in  coverage in 2008. But do  they justify the sharp drop in attention to a war zone  that is still  the subject of angry domestic divisions within the U.S. and where  150,000 U.S. troops were still in harm’s  way at the end of the year?  Just as the pack journalism impulse sometimes  serves to over-inflate  coverage of certain events, there seemed to be an almost  collective  media retreat from Iraq  in 2008. The most important question raised by  that is whether the press understated  the newsworthiness of the story.</p>
<p>While the death toll may  have dropped, there was still  plenty of important news from Iraq  in  2008—everything from a dramatic visit to Baghdad  by Iranian President  Mahmoud Ahmadinejad  to the passage of a security agreement that sets a  deadline for U.S.  troop withdrawal. There were also continued outbreaks  of major violence—Turkish  troops crossing the Iraq border to battle  Kurds in February, a March showdown  between Iraqi forces and Shiite  militias, and a May bombing that killed dozens  at an Iraqi wedding—that  made it clear the fighting is far from over and that  the country is  far from stable.</p>
<p>That’s why many  observers were shocked at the drop in  coverage in 2008.  “Staggering,”  said the  American Journalism Review in a story simply headlined  “Whatever Happened to Iraq?”  The article said, “For long stretches over  the past 12 months, Iraq  virtually disappeared from the front pages of  the nation&#8217;s newspapers and from  the nightly network newscasts.”</p>
<p>The drop in coverage may  also have had an impact on people’s  knowledge of the war. As an  example, in March 2008, the Pew Research   Center for the People  &amp;  the Press found that only about a quarter of Americans knew  approximately  how many troops had died in the conflict. Six months  earlier, more than half  the respondents had gotten the casualty count  right.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>6</sup></a></p>
<p><strong>Other International  News Drops Even More</strong></p>
<p>Iraq  was not the only important global story to be crowded out of the American news  in 2008.</p>
<p>Coverage of  international affairs generally, whether it  involved the U.S.  or not,  fell by more than 40%, to 17% of the newshole studied in 2008, compared   with 29% in 2007.</p>
<p>Combined coverage of  Pakistan  and Iran—two countries that  present major strategic  challenges to the U.S.—fell by almost two-thirds  (dropping to 2% of the  newshole studied in 2008).</p>
<p>Coverage of the other  war in which U.S. troops were fighting—Afghanistan—remained at the same   low level (1%) in 2008 as 2007, but it had already almost disappeared.  That  despite a 2008 American death toll that was the highest in the  six-year history  of that conflict and continuing signs that the  fighting may escalate.</p>
<p><strong><a id="1olympics" name="1olympics"></a>Olympics: The Second  Biggest Foreign Story, and One Athlete Dominated</strong></p>
<p>One of the few major  international newsmakers last year was  a two-week-long sporting event.  Coverage of the Beijing Olympic Games, the  fifth-biggest  story of the  year, exceeded that of Afghanistan, Pakistan,  Iran and China.<a title="View this footnote" href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_yearinthenews_intro.php?cat=0&amp;media=2#"><sup>7</sup></a></p>
<p>The Games were covered  most heavily by network news  broadcasts, thanks mostly to NBC, the U.S.  broadcast rights holder. For  the month of August, while the Olympics  were filling 9% of the over all media  newshole, NBC news was devoting  31% of its airtime to covering the Games and  its related MSNBC.com  website allotted 21% of its newshole to that subject.  (The MSNBC cable  channel, perhaps pre-occupied with the campaign, devoted only  1% of its  August coverage to the Games).</p>
<p>The Olympics got  virtually as much attention as the Georgia-Russia  war in August, even  though that event generated the most single-week coverage  (26%) of any  story not related to politics or the economy. While much of the  Olympic  coverage focused on the exploits of eight-time gold medal swimmer   Michael Phelps, the U.S.  media largely ignored some of the more  substantive international angles.</p>
<p>Looking at coverage for  August, which includes the run-up  and postscript to the Games, American  hero Phelps was the overwhelming focus of  coverage, as a lead  newsmaker in 14% of all Olympic stories. (The host country  itself,  China,  was the focus of 2% of the stories.) When it came to the topics  covered in news  accounts, three subjects—the future of China and the  Games’ impact on that,  Olympic-related protests and press freedom in  China —combined to account for 6%  of the Olympic newshole. That’s about  half the coverage devoted to the opening  ceremonies alone.</p>
<p><strong>What is chiefly  responsible for the narrow news agenda—the news or the news industry? </strong></p>
<p>The 2008 presidential  election was an historic event. And  given an economy widely  characterized as the weakest since Great Depression,  the 2008 financial  meltdown may prove to be a once-in-a lifetime event. Thus it  was not  surprising that those two stories dominated the news. But it is   important to ask to what extent the fact that two stories filled half of  the  news agenda reflects the news or the changing realities and  shrinking resources  of newsrooms.</p>
<p>Some evidence suggests  the  news—rather than the media culture—explain part of these numbers.  Once the  election was over, the news agenda for the remaining two  months of the year  became more diffuse. For example, in the weeks  between November 4 and December  21, at least three and sometimes four  stories each week accounted for at least  10% of the newshole. That had  not happened previously since August 18.</p>
<p>But it is also true that some of the stories that  helped  fill the newshole late in the year—such as the troubled auto  industry, the new  Obama administration and the Rod Blagojevich  scandal—were related to or  offshoots of the economic crisis and the  presidential election.</p>
<p>There are other factors  that suggest the top-heavy news  agenda in 2008 is a reflection of how  the media now tend to function. For one  thing, this shrinking news  agenda did not suddenly emerge in 2008. In 2007, the  basic dynamic was  the same. No, the election and the Iraq war did not dominate as   overwhelmingly as the election and economy did in 2008. But we now have a   two-year track record, since PEJ began its News Coverage Index, of  a  press  culture more oriented to talk shows and with depleted reporting  ranks clearly  focusing much of its time and energy on fewer stories.</p>
<p>There may also have been  some basic bottom-line reasons why  some media, particularly cable  news, narrowed their news agenda.  In a crowded media landscape, cable  news  attached itself to the election and enjoyed significant, if  temporary, ratings  success and filled a big chunk of its 24/7 newshole  with inexpensive  programming in the form of pundit commentary. <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_cabletv_audience.php?media=7&amp;cat=2" target="_blank">(See Cable Audience for more info)</a></p>
<p>Another contributing  factor is the retrenchment on foreign  coverage. In a time of economic  hardship, many news outlets have shuttered  expensive foreign bureaus,  making ongoing consistent coverage of international  stories much more  difficult. (January saw the launch of GlobalPost, a  Boston-based Web  outlet dedicated to becoming a kind of clearinghouse for  international  news, at a time its founders say “original international  reporting… has  been steadily diminished in too many American newspapers and   television networks.”) In the foreseeable future, there seems to be  little  prospect for a reversal of the trend away from global news  coverage in the  mainstream press.</p>
<p>That raises an  interesting question. If another war on the  scale and significance of  Iraq  broke out in this economic environment, would the U.S. media cover  it as intensely as  it did the last war, which began in 2003? That  could get put to the test if the  fighting and the American presence  escalate significantly in Afghanistan.</p>
<p>Another factor that  skews the news agenda is the tendency of  the ideological  debate-oriented venues—such as talk radio and prime-time cable  news—to  select and amplify one or two big stories from the news menu. What we   have found in the two years of this study is that these ideological  outlets  often ignore news that does not lend itself to punditry and  polarization. In  their place, these programs tend to revisit the same  themes day after day.</p>
<p><strong>The Media Attention  Span</strong></p>
<p>And for the second year  in a row, PEJ’s examination of the  news agenda revealed the phenomenon  of the one-week wonder. Even when a major  story managed to break  through the clutter of the election and economic  coverage in 2008, the  press quickly seemed to tire of it.</p>
<p>A sudden outbreak of  hostilities between Russia and Georgia was the top story for a  week in  August when it filled 26% of the newshole and became the biggest story   in 2008 not to involve politics or the economy. The following week,  coverage of  the conflict was down by more than two-thirds. The sexual  indiscretions that  brought down New York Governor Eliot Spitzer filled  about a quarter of the  newshole (23%) in mid-March. A week later, it  had virtually vanished, to only  2% of the newshole. The drain on  reporting resources may be one major reason  for the lack of staying  power on stories that require aggressive and sustained  follow-up  reporting.</p>
<p>The shrinking newsroom resources, identified in every sector  of the media in 2008, would seem to encourage this narrowing<strong>. </strong><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2009/narrative_overview_keyindicators.php?media=1&amp;cat=2" target="_blank">(See Key Indicators for more info)</a> Fewer people in  newsrooms, as we have noted in this study in past  years, inevitably pulls news  organizations to focus intensively on one  or two subjects at a time, and then  move on. They simply no longer have  the resources in reporting power to push a  wider agenda.</p>
<p>This evidence does not  all tilt in the same direction, but  over all it would seem to suggest  some theories behind the very constricted  coverage in 2008. The  magnitude of the election and an economic collapse likely  shrank the  rest of the newshole more drastically than normal. But it is also  clear  that some of the institutional problems and tendencies of the   media—shrinking resources, scaled-back ambition, a media echo chamber in  cable  and radio talk—played a role in the narrowness of the media  landscape last  year.</p>
<p><strong>Public Responses to  the News: A Desire for a More Balanced News Diet</strong></p>
<p>There is little doubt  that the public was riveted by the  2008 presidential campaign. In a  year-end summary of news interest, the Pew Research   Center for the  People  &amp; the Press, concluded that “interest in election news  remained at  historically high levels throughout the lengthy campaign”  and that “public  interest in the primary campaigns… was higher than  during previous primary  contests.”</p>
<div>
<div>
<p><strong><a id="1newsinterest" name="1newsinterest"></a>Top Weekly <a href="http://people-press.org/news-interest/" target="_blank"><span style="text-decoration: underline">News Interest</span></a> Stories vs.  News Coverage</strong></p>
<table border="1" width="447">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="64" height="38"></td>
<td colspan="2">
<div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">News Interest index</span></p>
</div>
</td>
<td colspan="2">
<div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">News Coverage Index </span></p>
</div>
</td>
<td width="54"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>NII Rank</td>
<td width="50">Story</td>
<td width="79">% Following Very Closely</td>
<td width="57">Story</td>
<td width="103">% of Newshole</td>
<td>Week of</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Conditions of U.S. Economy</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>70%</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>40%</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>9/22-28</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Rising Price of Gasoline</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>66</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Gas/Oil Prices</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>4</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>6/2-8</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Debate Over Wall Street Bailout</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>62</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>45</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>9/29-10/5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>2008 Presidential Election</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>61</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>2008 Presidential Campaign</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>51</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>10/13-19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Major Drop in U.S. Stock Market</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>59</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>36</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>10/6-12</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Falling Price of Gasoline</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>53</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Gas/Oil Prices</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>1</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>10/13-19</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Hurrican Ike</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>50</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Hurricane Ike</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>14</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>9/8-14</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Wall Street Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>49</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>37</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>9/15-21</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Obama Transistion</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>49</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>New Obama Administration</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>23</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>11/17-23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>2008 Primary Election</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>44</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>2008 Presidential Campaign</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>40</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>2/11-17</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Hurricane Gustav</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>42</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Hurricane Gustav</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>17</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>9/1-7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Debate Over Auto Bailout</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>41</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>U.S. Auto Industry</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>15</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>11/17-23</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Risign Unemployment</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>40</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Financial Crisis</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>20</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>12/1-7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Floods in the Midwest</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>39</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>Midwest Flooding</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>16</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>6/16-22</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>Beijing Olympic Games</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>35</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>2008 Olympics</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>10</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>8/18-24</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>But while the media  overwhelmingly chose to focus on the  campaign, the public’s interest in  the news events seemed more balanced.  Looking at the election, the  economy, and Iraq, there were differences  between the interest levels  of the press and the public.</p>
<p>One measure of this  is the roster of 2008 stories that  registered at high levels of  attention when people were asked what new they  were following “very  closely” in a given week. Eight of those top 15 stories  dealt with some  aspect of the economy, three concerned the presidential  election or  transition, another three involved major storms (including two   hurricanes) and one was the Beijing Olympics.</p>
<p>The media saw things  a bit differently. In terms of the  quantity of press coverage, 14 of  the 15 biggest stories in 2008 were about the  campaign.</p>
<p>The term “Iraq   fatigue” entered the vernacular in the last year to describe what  appeared to  be diminishing public attention to the war. And while  Americans did not follow  that conflict as closely in 2008 as they did  in 2007, there is evidence that  their appetite for news about Iraq,  at  least at certain times, was substantially greater than that of the  press.</p>
<p>During a week in  mid-January 2008, when Secretary of State  Condoleezza Rice made an  unannounced trip to Baghdad to push for political reform, 31% of   Americans said they were following events inside that country very  closely. But  that story accounted for only 1% of the newshole. In the  week of April 28-May  4, when Congress held hearings to talk about  returning homeless veterans, 27%  of the public said they were following  news about returning troops very  closely. That week, the impact of the  war on the homefront filled just 1% of  the newshole.</p>
<p>Even in a year when  the campaign captured the public’s  imagination and interest, there is  evidence that news consumers wanted more of  a smorgasbord than  producers offered.</p>
<p><strong>The Top Newsmakers:  Politicians as celebrities (and criminals) </strong></p>
<p>One other way of  gauging the dominance of elections and  politics in 2008 is to look at  the roster of leading newsmakers, a designation  given when at least 50%  of a story is clearly about that person. Last year, 12  of the 20 top  newsmakers were connected in some way to the presidential  election,  including seven people who were candidates for that office. That  roster  is led by eventual winner Barack Obama, who was a lead newsmaker in 10%   of all the stories examined by PEJ.</p>
<p><a id="newsmakers" name="newsmakers"></a>Top Lead Newsmakers</p>
<table border="1" width="228" align="left">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="14"></td>
<td width="85"></td>
<td width="43"># of stories</td>
<td width="58">% of stories</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Barack Obama</td>
<td>6904</td>
<td>10%</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>John McCAin</td>
<td>3704</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Hillary Clinton</td>
<td>2719</td>
<td>4</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>George Bush</td>
<td>1284</td>
<td>2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Sarah Palin</td>
<td>921</td>
<td>1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Rod Blagojevich</td>
<td>290</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Bill Clinton</td>
<td>274</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Mitt Romney</td>
<td>258</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Edward Kennedy</td>
<td>247</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>John Edwards</td>
<td>201</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td>Mike Huckabee</td>
<td>200</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td>Eliot Spitzer</td>
<td>186</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td>Joseph Biden</td>
<td>180</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td>Ted Stevens</td>
<td>173</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td>General Motors</td>
<td>163</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>16</td>
<td>Pope Benedict</td>
<td>160</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>17</td>
<td>Michelle Obama</td>
<td>142</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>18</td>
<td>Jeremiah Wright Jr.</td>
<td>123</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>19</td>
<td>Scott McClellan</td>
<td>121</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>20</td>
<td>Condoleeza Rice</td>
<td>119</td>
<td>&lt;1</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Some of  the election-related newsmakers who did not actively  seek the  presidency in 2008 were: The outgoing incumbent George Bush (No. 4   newsmaker); GOP vice-presidential nominee Sarah Palin (No. 5) who became  a  media phenomenon after she was introduced to the nation in late  August; Bill  Clinton (No. 7), who was a feisty and controversial  campaigner for his wife  Hillary; Michelle Obama (No. 17); and the Rev.  Jeremiah Wright Jr., Obama’s  pastor, whose inflammatory sermons seemed  to nearly derail the candidate’s  campaign (No. 18).</p>
<p>Two other top  newsmakers were or had been part of the Bush  administration—Secretary  of State Condoleezza Rice (No. 20) and former White  House press  secretary turned Bush basher Scott McClellan (No. 19). And three  others  were politicians who ran afoul of the law, indicted Illinois Governor   Blagojevich (No. 6),  New York Governor  Spitzer (No. 12), who was done  in by a sex scandal, and convicted Alaska  Senator Ted Stevens (No. 14).</p>
<p><strong>Crime</strong></p>
<p>The Blagojevich case and the Spitzer episode  both ended up  among the top crime stories of the year. Even though the  Blagojevich case did  not break until Dec. 9, when he was arrested for  allegedly trying to sell the  appointment to the Senate seat that Obama  was vacating, it generated such  intense coverage in one month that it  filled 1% of the over all newshole, was a  top-10 story over all, and  was the year’s biggest crime-related story. The  Spitzer story was  briefly big (23% of the newshole the week of March 10-16),  but it did  not generate as much sustained coverage as Blagojevich. Even so, the   New York  governor’s downfall became the No. 3 crime saga of 2008.</p>
<p>Over all, coverage of crime was down  considerably in the  media in 2008 (5% of the newshole compared to 7% in  2007), another casualty of  the narrowing news agenda. And only one  crime-related story, Blagojevich  problems, made the year’s list of  top-10 stories over all.</p>
<p>White-collar crime was a recurring theme,  though. The  collapse of Bernard Madoff’s $50 billion Ponzi scheme was  the year’s  fifth-biggest crime story. That’s all the more noteworthy  given that, like the  Blagojevich case, this was also a story that broke  very late in the year, with  Madoff’s arrest on Dec. 11.</p>
<p><a id="crime" name="crime"></a>Top Crime Stories by Coverage</p>
<table border="1" width="237">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="25">1</td>
<td width="196">Blagojevich Scandal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Warren Jeffs Trial and Texas Raid</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Spitzer Scandal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Caylee Anthony Case</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Madoff Investment Scam</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Maria Lauterbach Murder Case</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>Baseball Steroids Scandal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Northern Illinois University Shooting</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td>Anthrax Case, Suspect Suicide</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td>Detroit Mayor Kilpatrick Charges</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The No. 2 crime story was the Warren Jeffs  case, which was  triggered by a raid on a Texas  polygamy compound in  April, a saga complete with allegations of sexual abuse of  children.  The mystery surrounding the fate of the missing 2-year-old Caylee   Anthony, whose body was discovered in December and whose mother was  charged  with her murder, was the No. 4 crime story in the year.</p>
<p>The seventh-biggest crime story, the baseball  steroids  scandal, was highlighted by former pitcher Roger Clemens’  dramatic appearance  before Congress where he adamantly denied, before a  skeptical nation, that he  had ever used performance-enhancing drugs.</p>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/a-year-in-the-news/trends/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Topline</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/journalist-survey-intro/topline/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/journalist-survey-intro/topline/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Feb 2008 16:12:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>sfamoyegun</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Click here for a PDF version of the 2007 Journalist Survey Questionnaire and Topline]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/02/Journalists-topline.pdf"> Click here for a PDF version of the 2007 Journalist Survey Questionnaire and Topline</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/journalist-survey-intro/topline/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Front Page</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/front-page/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/front-page/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Jan 2008 19:42:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Russell Heimlich</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/front-page/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Source Bibliography</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/source-bibliography/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/source-bibliography/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 21:12:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Bailey</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Source Bibliography The following list comprises the sources used throughout this report. A &#124; B &#124; C &#124; D &#124; E &#124; F &#124; G &#124; H &#124; I &#124; J &#124; K &#124; L &#124; M &#124; N &#124; O &#124; P &#124; R &#124; S &#124; T &#124; U &#124; V &#124; W&#38;X [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>Source Bibliography</h1>
<p>The following list comprises the sources used throughout                      this report.</p>
<p><a name="A"></a><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#A">A</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#B">B</a> |                      <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#C">C</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#D">D</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#E">E</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#F">F</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#G">G</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#H">H</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#I">I</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#J">J</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#K">K</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#L">L</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#M">M</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#N">N</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#O">O</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#P">P</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#R">R</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#S">S</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#T">T</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#U">U</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#V">V</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#W">W&amp;X</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#Y">Y</a> | <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#Z">Z</a></p>
<h1>A</h1>
<p>“Robin Roberts’ Final Day of Chemotherapy,” ABCNews.com, January 16, 2008.</p>
<p>“ABC News Joins Forces with Facebook,” ABCNews.com, December 18, 2007.</p>
<p>“100 Leading Media Companies,” Adage.com: <a href="http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=106352" target="_blank">http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=106352</a>.</p>
<p>2008 Ad Age Advertising Jobs report: <a href="http://adage.com/images/random/datacenter/2007/annualjobs2007.pdf" target="_blank">http://adage.com/images/random/datacenter/2007/annualjobs2007.pdf</a> .</p>
<p>“In the largest expansion of foreign bureaus in two  decades, ABC News announces the deployment of seven reporters to posts  around the globe,” ABC News Media Relations, October 3, 2007.</p>
<p>2007 Fact Pack, Advertising Age.</p>
<p>Advertising Age, October 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Advertising Age, Digital Marketing &amp; Media Fact Pack, April 23, 2007.</p>
<p>Advertising Age 100 Hundred Leading Advertisers: <a href="http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=118652" target="_blank">http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=118652</a>.</p>
<p>“Bi-Annual Online Video Study: First-Half 2007 vs. Second-Half 2006,” Advertising.com, 2007.</p>
<p>“2007 Interactive Publisher Survey,” Advertising.com, 2007.</p>
<p>“Online Video: Consumers Prefer News Clips, Shorter Ads,” Advertising.com press release, August 28, 2007.</p>
<p>Adweek, October 3, 2007.</p>
<p>“AdWeek to Expand Digital Offering,” AdWeek, November 20, 2007: <a href="http://www.adweek.com/aw/national/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003676050" target="_blank">http://www.adweek.com/aw/national/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003676050</a></p>
<p>Frank Ahrens, “FCC Chief Offers New Plan on Cross-Ownership,” Washington Post, November 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Frank Ahrens, “Divided FCC Enacts Rule of Media Ownership,” Washington Post, December 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Air America blog, April 25, 2007, <a href="http://www.airamerica.com/press">http://www.airamerica.com/press</a>.</p>
<p>“Air America Completes Sale to Green Family,” Air America press release, March 6, 2007.</p>
<p>American Society of Newspaper Editors, “Diversity Slips in U.S. Newsrooms,” press release, March 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Chris Anderson, “The Long Tail,” Hyperion, 2006; and “The Long Tail,” Wired, 2004: <a href="http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/12.10/tail.html" target="_blank">http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/12.10/tail.html</a>.</p>
<p>Peter Appert, “Newspaper Trends and Outlooks,” Goldman Sachs analyst’s report, December 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Peter Appert, “Reducing Estimates (Again) Given new Recession View,” Goldman Sachs analyst’s report, January 9, 2008.</p>
<p>“iTunes Store to Stop Selling NBC Television Shows,” Apple press release, August 31, 2007.</p>
<p>Tim Arango, &#8220;Presidential Primaries Lift CNN,&#8221; New York Times, March 5, 2008.</p>
<p>“The Infinite Dial 2007: Radio’s Digital Platforms,” Arbitron and Edison Media Research, April 19, 2007.</p>
<p>&#8220;Persons Using Radio Report,&#8221; Cume Rating Monday-Sunday 6 a.m.-midnight, Arbitron: <a href="http://wargod.arbitron.com/scripts/ndb/ndbradio2.asp" target="_blank">http://wargod.arbitron.com/scripts/ndb/ndbradio2.asp</a>.</p>
<p>“The Infinite Dial 2007: Radio’s Digital Platforms,” Arbitron, April 19, 2007.</p>
<p>“Public Radio Today, How America Listens to Public Radio,” Arbitron, July 12, 2007.</p>
<p>“Radio Today: How Americans Listen to Radio, 2007 Edition,” Arbitron, April 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Arbitron RADAR 93, June 2007, via Radio Advertising Bureau, “Radio Marketing Guide and Fact Book 2007-2008.”</p>
<p>“Harbinger Raises New York Times Stake,” Associated Press via Boston Globe,<strong></strong>February 25, 2008.</p>
<p>“Owner May Sell Weather Channel,” Associated Press via Yahoo.com, January 3, 2008.</p>
<p>“Google’s stock surpasses $600 a share,” Associated Press, October 8, 2007.</p>
<p>“AOL to Cut 2,000 Jobs,” Associated Press, October 15, 2007.</p>
<p>“Robin Roberts to Begin Chemo Thursday,” Associated Press, September 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Associated Press, “News Corp. says it plans to sell 9 Fox-affiliated TV stations,” International Herald Tribune, June 13, 2007.</p>
<p>“News unlikely to fill TV strike holes,” Associated Press, December 23, 2007.</p>
<p>“ABC expands Spanish-dubbing of series,” Associated Press, July 18, 2006.</p>
<p>“Hispanics to pass blacks in buying power,”Associated Press via MSNBC.com, Sept. 1, 2006: <a href="http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/14623151" target="_blank">http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/14623151/</a>.</p>
<p>“NBC newscast gets new top producer,” Associated Press, March 5, 2007.</p>
<p>George Avalos, “KRON-TV puts itself up for sale,” San Jose Mercury News, January 10, 2008.</p>
<p>“Digital Consumer Behavior Study,” Avenue A|Razorfish study conducted in July 2007.</p>
<p>Ed Avis, “Alternative Newsweeklies: Growing Up,” Quill, January 28, 2008.</p>
<p>Audit Bureau of Circulations.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>B</h1>
<p>.Katy Bachman, “Imus Gives WABC Ratings Boost,” MediaWeek, December 10, 2007.</p>
<p>W. Scott Bailey, “Clear Channel, Others Raise Ratings Concerns Over Arbitron System,” MSNBC, December 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Brooks Barnes and Emily Steel, “Lagging online, TV stations get moving,” Wall Street Journal, April 11, 2007.</p>
<p>Brooks Barnes, “Slowing Economy Posing Test for Disney,” New York Times, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Brooks Barnes, “A Made-for-TV Boss Helps Revive ABC,” New York Times, October 7, 2007.</p>
<p>Brooks Barnes, “Disney Acquires Web Site for Children,” New York Times, August 2, 2007.</p>
<p>David Bauder, “Data Says 2.5 Million Less Watching TV,” Associated Press, May 8, 2007.</p>
<p>David Bauder, “2nd place a new world for Brian Williams,” Associated Press, June 24, 2007.</p>
<p>David Bauder, “Nielsen TV Ratings: Top Rated TV Shows News Does Well for CBS, ABC Ratings,” Associated Press, January 9, 2008.</p>
<p>Anne Becker, “René Syler to Leave CBS’ Early Show,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, December 4, 2006.</p>
<p>Anne Becker, “CBS Launches YouTube Channel, “Broadcasting &amp; Cable, October 18, 2006.</p>
<p>Anne Becker, “ABC News Cutting 35, Moving Assets to Digital,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, June 22, 2007.</p>
<p>Lee B. Becker, et al., “2006 Annual Survey of  Journalism &amp; Mass Communication Graduates,” Grady College of  Journalism &amp; Mass Communication, August 10, 2007.</p>
<p>Sharon Begley. “The Truth About Denial,” Newsweek, April 16, 2007.</p>
<p>“Belo to Create Separate Television and Newspaper Businesses,” press release, October 1, 2007.</p>
<p>BIA Financial Network database, station updates through August 31, 2007.</p>
<p>“BIA Financial Network Reports $22.2 billion in  2007 TV Revenues; Predicts 11% growth in 2008 due to strong political  year that will affect specific DMA markets,” BIA Press Release, January  10, 2008.</p>
<p>“American Newspapers and the Internet: Threat or Opportunity,” The Bivings Group, July 19, 2007.</p>
<p>“Disney Profits Double on Strong DVD Sales of ‘Cars’ and ‘Pirates’” Bloomberg News, February 8, 2007.</p>
<p>David Blum, “The Struggle at 60,” Columbia Journalism Review, May/June 2005.</p>
<p>Corey Boles, “FCC Grants 42 Waivers from Cross-Ownership Rule,” Free Press, December 17, 2007.</p>
<p>Corey Boles, “FCC Plan on Media Ownership May Ease Tribune Deal,” Wall Street Journal, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Brooks Boliek, “Digital TV divide in the air,” Hollywood Reporter, January 31, 2008.</p>
<p>“HD Marketing 2010: Sharpening the Conversation,” Booz|Allen|Hamilton, October 7, 2008.</p>
<p>“What Local Media Web Sites Earn: 2007 Survey,” Borrell Associates, June 2007.</p>
<p>James Boyle, “New Economy: Year in Review,” Financial Times, January 1, 2008.</p>
<p>Karen Breslau. “The Green Giant,” Newsweek, April 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Bridge Ratings, “Digital Media Growth Predictions,” April 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Bridge Ratings, “Bridge Ratings Industry Update – Internet Radio Perceptions,” April 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Bridge Ratings, “Digital Media Growth Projections – Updated 4/25/07.”</p>
<p>Bridge Ratings, “Bridge Ratings Industry Update – Internet Radio Perceptions,” April 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Phil Bronstein, Interview with co-author Edmonds, September 2007.<a id="37" name="37"></a></p>
<p>“So Many Ads So Few Clicks,” BusinessWeek, November 12, 2007: <a href="http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/07_46/b4058053.htm" target="_blank">http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/07_46/b4058053.htm</a></p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>C</h1>
<p>David Carr, “A Magazine Challenges the Big Boys,” New York Times, November 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Bill Carter, “Is It the Woman Thing, or Is It Katie Couric?” New York Times, May 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Bill Carter, “CBS Producer Goes Around, Comes Around,” New York Times, March 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Bill Carter, “NBC’s ‘Dateline,’ Its Ratings in Decline, Releases Its Longtime Anchor,” New York Times, May 23, 2007.</p>
<p>Bill Carter, “NBC to Offer a Free Video Download Service,” New York Times, September 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Bill Carter, “Staff Reductions at NBC News and CBS,” New York Times, December 15, 2007.</p>
<p>“60 Minutes: Milestones,” CBS News Web site, last accessed January 12, 2008.</p>
<p>“CBS Launches ‘EyeLab,’ an Editing Studio for Creating CBS-Based Content  Across Interactive Platforms,” CBS press release, September 28, 2007.</p>
<p>Dawn C. Chmielewski, “CBS aims to be the talk of the Web,” Los Angeles Times, September 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Karl Choi, Merrill Lynch analyst, e-mail to Rick  Edmonds, State of the News Media 2008 Newspaper chapter co-author,  February 25, 2008.</p>
<p>Chris Churchill, “Is TV Station on the Block?” Times Union ( Albany, N.Y.), February 5, 2008.</p>
<p>Michael Cieply and Brooks Barnes, “Tensions Lower for Coming Actors’ Negotiations,” New York Times, February 11, 2008.</p>
<p>Michael Cieply and Brooks Barnes, “Chief of Universal Finds Success at the Back of the Pack,” New York Times, July 16, 2007.</p>
<p>“U.S. Wireless Subscribership Passes 250 Million Mark,” CTIA press release, November 13, 2007, <a href="http://www.ctia.org/media/press/body.cfm/prid/1724">http://www.ctia.org/media/press/body.cfm/prid/1724</a>.</p>
<p>&#8220;Yahoo Heats Up in Search Ad Race As Google Levels Off,&#8221; Clickz.com, October 16, 2007.</p>
<p>“40 Million Spent to Tout Candidates on Iowa TV,” CNN.com, January 1, 2008: <a href="http://www.cnn.com/2008/POLITICS/01/01/iowa.ad.spending/" target="_blank">http://www.cnn.com/2008/POLITICS/01/01/iowa.ad.spending/</a>.</p>
<p>Noam Cohen, “The Latest on Virginia Tech, From Wikipedia,” New York Times, April 23, 2007.</p>
<p>Patricia Cohen, “Magazine Voices Doubt Over ‘Diary’ From Iraq,” New York Times, December 4, 2007.</p>
<p>“comScore Study Reveals That Mobile TV Currently  Most Popular Among Males and Younger Age Segments,” comScore press  release, April 23, 2007.</p>
<p>“Google Sites Ranked by comScore as Top U.S. Video Property in March 2007,” comScore press release, June 4, 2007.</p>
<p>“YouTube Continues to Lead U.S. Online Video Market  with 28 Percent Market Share, According to comScore Video Metrix,”  comScore press release, November 30, 2007.</p>
<p>“Major Social Networking Sites Substantially  Expanded Their Global Visitors Base During Past Year,” comScore press  release, July 31, 2007.</p>
<p>“Google Sites Ranked by comScore as Top U.S. Video Property in March 2007,” comScore press release, June 4, 2007.</p>
<p>“comScore Media Metrix Releases Top 50 U.S. Web Rankings for December,” comScore press release, January 15, 2008.</p>
<p>Congressional Research Service Report to Congress: “U.S. Immigration Policy on Asylum Seekers,” May 5, 2005: <a href="http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32621.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.fas.org/sgp/crs/misc/RL32621.pdf</a></p>
<p>“CPB Awards Grants to 85 Public Radio Stations for  Transition to Digital Service,” Corporation for Public Broadcasting,  August 23, 2006: <a href="http://www.cpb.org/pressroom/release.php?prn=566" target="_blank">http://www.cpb.org/pressroom/re lease.php?prn=566</a>.</p>
<p>Jon Cote, “Chronicle to Cut 100 Jobs, Union Says,” San Francisco Chronicle, May 17, 2007.</p>
<p>Anthony Crupi, “Buyers Debate C3 Ratings,” MediaWeek, November 16, 2007: <a href="http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003673852" target="_blank">http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003673852</a></p>
<p>Dean Culbreath, “Nine Copley Papers in Ohio, Illinois, Sold for $350 Million,” San Diego Union Tribune,” March 14, 2007.</p>
<p>“Washington Post to reduce paper staff, increase web focus,” Cyberjournalist.net, November 16, 2006.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>D</h1>
<p>Rebecca Dana, “CBS Creates ‘EyeLab’ To Woo Web Surfers,” the Wall Street Journal, September 28, 2007.</p>
<p>Eric Deggans, “Media Exec Gets Cold Shoulder From Chicago,” St. Petersburg Times, August 19, 2007:<br />
<a href="http://www.sptimes.com/2007/08/19/Features/Media_exec_gets_cold_.shtml" target="_blank">http://www.sptimes.co m/2007/08/19/Features/Media_exec_gets_cold_.shtml</a>.</p>
<p>Michael J. de la Merced, “Times Company Forms Alliance With Job-Listing Web Site,” New York Times, February 15, 2007.</p>
<p>“Yahoo! deal impact could be greater than expected,” Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., September 21, 2007.</p>
<p>Glen Dickson and Robin Berger, “In News, Money Talks,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, August 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Glen Dickson, “Newsrooms Go Multiplatform,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, March 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Glen Dickson, “ Mobile TV Takes Flight,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, November 12, 2007</p>
<p>Jennifer Dorrah, “The End of the Affair,” AJR, August-September 2007.</p>
<p>“Video Ad Benchmark: Average Campaign Performance Metrics,” DoubleClick, February 2007.</p>
<p>“XM/C-SPAN to Launch First National Radio Channel Dedicated to the Presidential Election,” Drudge Report, May 21, 2007.</p>
<p>Marcelo Duran, “Study shows video playing big role for newspaper sites,” Newspapers &amp; Technology, September 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>E</h1>
<p>“More than a game,” Economist, December 4, 2007.</p>
<p>Economist, February 20, 2008.</p>
<p>“Social graph-iti,” Economist, October 18, 2007.</p>
<p>2007 Editor &amp; Publisher International Yearbook, 87th Edition.</p>
<p>Rick Edmonds, “What’s Next For Newspaper Next,” Poynter Online, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Rick Edmonds, “An Online Rescue for Newspapers,” Poynter Online, January 27, 2005.</p>
<p>Rick Edmonds, “The New Bottom Line: 25 Percent Online Revenue by 2011,” June 23, 2006</p>
<p>Rick Edmonds, “Newsroom Staff Cuts: Selective Pain,” Poynter Online, June 11, 2007.</p>
<p>Andrew Edwards, “Lincoln Sells TV, Radio Stations for $683 million,” Wall Street Journal, November 12, 2007</p>
<p>John Eggerton, “Dorgan, Obama, Other Sens. Move to Block FCC Media-Ownership Vote,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, November 8, 2007.</p>
<p>John Eggerton, “DTV-Education Campaign Values at $697M: NAB,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, October 15, 2007.</p>
<p>John Eggerton, “Stations, Cable ‘Dual’ Over Carriage,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, September 10, 2007.</p>
<p>John Eggerton, “Complete Deal, Divestiture of 50  Medium and Smaller Market Stations,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, January  10, 2008.</p>
<p>John Eggerton, “Univision Republican Debate  Outdraws Hispanic Network’s Democratic Forum,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable,  December 10, 2007: <a href="http://www.broadcastingcable.com/article/CA6511229.html" target="_blank">http://www.broad castingcable.com/article/CA6511229.html</a></p>
<p>Sarah Ellison and Jennifer S. Forsyth, “Zell Wins Tribune in Bid to Revive Media Empire,” Wall Street Journal, April 3, 2007.</p>
<p>“Internet Usage and Importance Expand,” eMarketer, July 2, 2007.</p>
<p>eMarketer, using historical data from the International Telecommunication Union as a baseline: <a href="http://www.emarketer.com/Reports/All/Emarketer_2000413.aspx?src=report_head_info_sitesearch" target="_blank">http://www.emarketer.com/Reports/ All/Emarketer_2000413.aspx?src=report_head_info_sitesearch</a></p>
<p>“Podvertising,” eMarketer, February 23, 2007.</p>
<p>“Online Ad Spending to Reach $42B by 2011,” eMarketer, November 7, 2007.</p>
<p>“Online Video Ad Spending to Surge 89% in 2007,” eMarketer, November 6, 2006.</p>
<p>“Fifty Percent of US Population Will Watch Online Video in 2008,” eMarketer, July 25, 2007.</p>
<p>“Heard the Latest About Podcasting?,” eMarketer, February 4, 2008.</p>
<p>Karen Everhart, “Newsrooms Try ‘Public Insight’ Tool,” Current Magazine, August 13, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>F</h1>
<p>Shahira Fahmy, “Retooling the News Approach: Online  News Professionals’ Attitudes Towards Current &amp; Future Journalism  Skills,” AEJMC, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul Farhi, “Don Imus Gingerly Steps Back on the Air,” Washington Post, December 4, 2007.</p>
<p>“The Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership Prohibition (1975),” Federal Communications Commission Consumer Facts: <a href="http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/consumerfacts/reviewrules.html" target="_blank">http://www.fcc.gov/cgb/consumerfacts/reviewrules.html.</a></p>
<p>“Broadband Connectivity Competition Policy,” Federal Trade Commission Staff Report, June 2007</p>
<p>Mark Fitzgerald, “Reflections on ‘Rumbo’,” Marketing y Medios, February 5, 2007: <a href="http://www.marketingymedios.com/marketingymedios/noticias/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003541787." target="_blank">http://www.marketingymedios.com/marketingymedios/noticias/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003541787. </a></p>
<p>Toni Fitzgerald, “These days, it’s Sundays with George,” Media Life, January 10, 2008.</p>
<p>Matthew Flamm, “Digitally Challenged Time Inc. Past Prime?” Crain&#8217;s New York Business.com, August 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Lucinda Fleeson, “Bureau of Missing Bureaus,” American Journalism Review, October/November 2003.</p>
<p>Franklin Foer, &#8220;Fog of War,&#8221; The New Republic, December 2007.</p>
<p>David Folkenflik, “Circulation Fraud at Tribune Papers Triggers Arrests,” npr.org, June 15, 2005: <a href="http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=4704566">http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=4704566</a>.</p>
<p>“The World&#8217;s 2,000 Largest Public Companies,” Forbes.com, March 29, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Fratrik, “Five Reasons Why TV Stations Are a Good Buy,” BIA Perspectives (Newsletter), August 3, 2007.</p>
<p>Kevin Freking, “Drug spending raises US health care tab,” Associated Press, January 8, 2008.</p>
<p>Wayne Friedman, “Nielsen: Obama, Romney Aired Most TV Spots in ’07,” MediaPost, December 12, 2007</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>G</h1>
<p>Diane Garrett, “DVD sales down 3.6% in ’07,” Variety, January 7, 2008.</p>
<p>Brian Garrity, “Clear Channel Launches Social Networking Sites,” Billboard Biz, April 30, 2007.</p>
<p>“GateHouse Announces Third Quarter 2007 Results and Fourth Quarter Dividend,” GateHouse press release, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>“Invest and Deliver,” GE 2006 Annual Report, February 9, 2007.</p>
<p>“GE Reports Third-Quarter Net EPS up 15% to $.54  per Share and Continuing EPS up 9% to $.50 per Share; Orders of $24  billion, up 20%; Revenues of $42.5 billion, up 12%; Reaffirms Total Year  2007 Guidance,” GE press release, October 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Michele Gershberg, “Cumulus Media Agrees to $1.3 Billion Buyout,” Reuters, July 23, 2007.</p>
<p>David Giantasio, “Publicis’ Net Income up 15%,” AdWeek, February 28, 2007.</p>
<p>David Giantasio, “WPP’s Revenue, Profit up in ’06,” AdWeek, February 23, 2007.</p>
<p>Dan Gillmor, “We the Media,” O’Reilly, 204, pages xvi-xviii.</p>
<p>Paul Ginocchio, “Newspaper Circulation, Deutsche Bank Securities analyst’s report, November 6, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul Ginocchio, “”Yahoo Deal Impact Could Be  Greater Than Expected,” Deutsche Bank Securities analyst’s report,  September 21, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul Ginocchio, “Don’t Believe the Hype, Some of  the Downturn is Cyclical,” Deutsche Bank Securities analyst’s report,  July 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Glaser, “Sunlight Foundation Mixes Tech, Citizen Journalism to Open Congress,” MediaShift, April 4, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Glaser, “News Sites Loosen Linking Policies,” Online Journalism Review, September 17, 2003.</p>
<p>Mark Glaser, “Dan Gillmor Finds His Center,” MediaShift, January 31, 2006.</p>
<p>David Goetzl, “DVR Data Begins to Have Impact, Top Shows Get a Boost,” Media Daily News, March 1, 2006.</p>
<p>David Goetzl, “LIN TV: Builds Biz, Doesn’t Sell,” MediaPost, December 10, 2007.</p>
<p>David Goetzl, “GE Sees Light: NBCU Upfront Speeds Turnaround,” Media Daily News, July 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Matea Gold, the Los Angeles Times, November 14, 2007.</p>
<p>“Google Announces Third Quarter 2007 Results,” Google press release, October 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Google advertising tool AdWords: <a href="http://adwords.google.com/select/Login" target="_blank">http://adwords.google.com/select/Login</a>.</p>
<p>2006 Google Annual Report.</p>
<p>Paul J. Gough, “A longer ‘Today’ gets many OKs,” the Hollywood Reporter, April 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul J. Gough, “NBC News cuts 15-20 jobs,” the Hollywood Reporter, December 7, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul J. Gough, “ABC News opening one-man foreign  bureaus,” the Hollywood Reporter, October 3, 2007; and “ABC News opening  one-man foreign bureaus,” Reuters, October 3, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul J. Gough, “NBC partners with print reporters for ’08 race,” the Hollywood Reporter, July 17, 2007.</p>
<p>Jeff Graff, “Fight for the Top of the World,” Time Magazine, October 1, 2007.</p>
<p>Jefferson Graham, “Huffington’s vision prospers on blog,” USA Today, September 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Roy Greenslade, “’Economic Realities’ Behind Job Losses at USA Today,” The Guardian, November 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Michele Greppi, “FCC Ruling Keeps Local Broadcast Stations on Analog Cable after Digital Transition,” September 12, 2007</p>
<p>Michelle Greppi, “CBS Sells Seven Local Stations for $185 Million,” TV Week, February 6, 2007.</p>
<p>Vanessa Grigoriadis, “Everybody Sucks,” New York Magazine, October 15, 2007.</p>
<p>Guy Griml, “AOL snapping up Internet ad startup Quigo for $300m,” Haaretz.com, November 3, 2007.</p>
<p>Shankar Gupta, “UBS Forecasts Up to 45% Yahoo Revenue Boost from Panama,” MediaPost, February 23, 2007</p>
<p>Marisa Guthrie, “Stations Kill ‘Live at Five,’ ” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, September 10, 2007.</p>
<p>Mariss Guthrie, “Will Give-Backs Become Contagious?” by Broadcasting and Cable, December 17, 2007: <a href="http://www.broadcastingcable.com/article/CA6513149.html?q=Nielsen" target="_blank">http://www.broadcastingcable.com/article/CA6513149.html?q=Nielsen</a>.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>H</h1>
<p>Joe Hagan, “Alas, Poor Couric,” New York, July 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Shirin Hakimzadeh and D’Vera Cohn, “English Usage Among Hispanics in the United States,” Pew Hispanic Center, November 29, 2007.</p>
<p>Hall&#8217;s Report, January 2007-December 2007</p>
<p>Saul Hansell, “Falco Prepares Another Layoff: the AOL Brand,” New York Times, October 17, 2007</p>
<p>“One-Third of Frequent YouTube Users Are Watching  Less TV to Watch Videos Online,” Harris Interactive press release,  January 29, 2007.</p>
<p>“Four in Five of All U.S. Adults — An Estimated 178 Million — Go Online,” the Harris Poll, November 5, 2007.</p>
<p>Kim Hart, “For Local News Site, Model Just Didn’t Click,” Washington Post, January 15, 2007.</p>
<p>Louis Hau, “Portal Problems,” Forbes.com, September 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Patrick Healy, “ Iowa Saturated by Political Ads,” New York Times, December 28, 2007.</p>
<p>Miguel Helft and Andrew Ross Sorkin, “Little Room for Yahoo to Maneuver,” New York Times, February 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Miguel Helft, “Ad Growth for AOL Called Vital to a Remake,” New York Times, August 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Miguel Helft and Steve Lohr, “176 Newspapers to Form a Partnership with Yahoo,” New York Times, November 20, 2006.</p>
<p>Jon Hemingway, “Credit Crunch Slows Media Deals,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, August 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Jon Hemingway, “Sinclair Retransmission-Consent Deals Boost Q3 Revenue,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, October 31, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Hertsgaard, “The Global Warming Survival Guide” and “On the Front Lines of Climate Change,” Time, April 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Scott Hillis, “Apple affirms iPhone target,” Reuters, February 27, 2008</p>
<p>Matthew Hindman, 2007, “Political Accountability  and the Web’s Missing Middle,” paper prepared for presentation at the  Princeton Conference on Changing Media and Political Accountability,  adapted from his forthcoming book, “The Myth of Digital Democracy,”  Princeton University Press.</p>
<p>“Google Received 64 Percent of U.S. Searches in October,” Hitwise, November 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Hoovers: <a href="http://www.hoovers.com/univision/--ID__51512--/free-co-factsheet.xhtml" target="_blank">http://www.hoovers.com/univision/&#8211;ID__51512&#8211;/free-co-factsheet.xhtml</a>.</p>
<p>Jim Hopkins, “TMZ.com lets readers talk to the blog,” USA Today, September 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Terry Horne, “A Message From the Publisher on Changes at the Register,” and comments, freedoblogging.com, February 1, 2008.</p>
<p>“Study Tracks Broadband Video Consumption on  Multiple Platforms; Six in Ten Internet Users Watch Online Video Content  Weekly, Up 36% From Last Year,” Horowitz Associates press release,  December 4, 2007.</p>
<p>Jeff Howe, “Did Assignment Zero Fail? A Look Back, and Lessons Learned,” Wired, July 16, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>I</h1>
<p>Erica Iacono, “African-American Press Retains Influence,” PRWeek, March 14, 2007: <a href="http://www.prweekus.com/African-Am%20erican-press-retains-influence/article/56625/" target="_blank">http://www.prweekus.com/African-Am erican-press-retains-influence/article/56625/</a>.</p>
<p>Inside Radio, Radio Book, 2006-2007.</p>
<p>Interactive Advertising Bureau Internet Advertising Revenue Report first half of 2007: <a href="http://www.iab.net/media/file/IAB_PwC_2007Q2.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.iab.net/media/file/IAB_PwC_2007Q2.pdf</a></p>
<p>“Internet Advertising Revenues Continue to Soar,  Reach Nearly $10 Billion in First Half of ’07,” Interactive Advertising  Bureau, October 4, 2007.</p>
<p>The Interpublic Group of Companies, 2008 Annual Report: <a href="http://library.corporate-ir.net/library/87/878/87867/items/247880/2006ar.pdf" target="_blank">http://library.corporate-ir.net/library/87/878/87867/items/247880/2006ar.pdf</a></p>
<p>Nat Ives, “Chrysler CEO says Ad Spending Unlikely to Increase,” Advertising Age, October 29, 2007: <a href="http://adage.com/amc07/article?article_id=121607&amp;search_phrase=Chrysler+magazines" target="_blank">http://adage.com/amc07/article?article_id=121607&amp;search_phrase=Chrysler+magazines</a></p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>J</h1>
<p>Meg James, “Nielsen to expand its TV sample,” Los Angeles Times, September 27, 2007.</p>
<p>Jeff Jarvis, “Gannett explodes the newsroom,” Buzzmachine.com blog, November 5, 2006.</p>
<p>Elizabeth Jensen, “An NPR Program Aims to Awaken a Younger Crowd,” New York Times, September 27, 2007.</p>
<p>Peter Johnson, “Coach: Team Accepts Imus Apology,” USA Today, April 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Peter Johnson, “NBC to Take ‘Today” into a fourth hour this fall,” USA Today, January 16, 2007.</p>
<p>“Journal Register Agrees to Sell Massachusetts Newspapers,” December 1, 2006.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>K</h1>
<p>Abbey Klaassen, “Economics 101: Web Giants Rule ‘Democratized’ Medium,” Advertising Age, April 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Abbey Klaassen, “Web-video vaults are full, coffers  are not; Absence of ad model hobbling growth,” Advertising Age,  February 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Tameka Kee, “Connected Consumers Love Web 2.0. But Not on Mobile,” MediaPost, October 3, 2007.</p>
<p>Tameka Kee, “Yahoo Gaining in Search Dollar Share: RBC,” MediaPost, October 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Keith J. Kelly, “Newsweek Gets a New Look in Print, on Web,” the New York Post, October 13, 2007.</p>
<p>John Ketzenberger, “Drumbeat Sounds Anew for Emmis Buyout Deal,” the Indianapolis Star, October 30, 2007.</p>
<p>Staci D. Kramer, “Updated: CBS Interactive Trims Staff, Cuts at CBS.com, CBSNews.com,” paidcontent.org, December 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Adam Kushner, “Interview with John Morton,” IFRA Magazine, December 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>L</h1>
<p>Stephen Labaton, “Few Friends for the Proposal on Media,” New York Times, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul R. La Monica. “The World Cup&#8217;s GOOOOOOOOALLLL!” CNNMoney.com, February 1, 2006: <a href="http://money.cnn.com/2006/02/01/commentary/mediabiz/index.htm" target="_blank">http://money.cnn.com/2006/02/01/commentary/mediabiz/index.htm</a></p>
<p>Paul R. La Monica, “Politics: Off Year, On the Money,” CNNMoney.com, June 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Paul R. La Monica, “CBS’ Imus Problem,” CNNMoney.com, April 13, 2007</p>
<p>Paul R. La Monica, “NBC must see some sales growth,” CNNMoney.com, April 13, 2007.</p>
<p>La Opinión 2008 Media Kit: <a href="http://laopinion.com/mediakit/audience/index_sp.html" target="_blank">http://laopinion.com/mediakit/audience/index_sp.html</a></p>
<p>Latino Print Network: State of Hispanic Print, 2006: <a href="http://www.latinoprintnetwork.com/assets/StateofHispanicPrint.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.latinoprintnetwork.com/assets/StateofHispanicPrint.pdf</a>.</p>
<p>Peter Lauria, “Peacock Purge,” the New York Post, December 6, 2007.</p>
<p>Charles Layton, “The Video Explosion,” American Journalism Review, December/January 2008.</p>
<p>C.N. Le, “The 1965 Immigration Act,” Asian-Nation: The Landscape of Asian America: <a href="http://www.asian-nation.org/1965-immigration-act.shtml" target="_blank">http://www.asian-nation.org/1965-immigration-act.shtml</a></p>
<p>Michael Learmonth, “Network launches user-generated video show,” Variety, May 28, 2007</p>
<p>Amanda Lenhart, et al, “Teens and Social Media,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, December 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Amanda Lenhart and Susannah Fox, “Bloggers,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, July 19, 2006.</p>
<p>Kenneth Li, “NBC Universal Removes YouTube Channel,” Reuters, October 22, 2007.</p>
<p>Kenneth Li, “CBS to invest in virtual designer Electric Sheep,” Reuters, February 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Jack Loechner, “Men 18 to 34 Years Old Are Key Online Video Viewers,” Center for Media Research, February 27, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>M</h1>
<p>Robert MacMillan, “Future may be murky for Yahoo and newspaper alliance,” Reuters, October 11, 2007.</p>
<p>Mary Madden and Susannah Fox, “Riding the Waves of “Web 2.0,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, October 5, 2006.</p>
<p>Magazine Publishers of America. Magazine Digital Initiatives 2007: <a href="http://www.magazine.org/digital/25681.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/digital/25681.cfm</a></p>
<p>Elisabeth Malkin, “ Mexico’s Newest TV Drama is a Bid to Block a Third Broadcaster,” New York Times, December 6, 2006: <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2006/12/06/business/worldbusiness/06tele.html" target="_blank">http://www.nytimes.com/2006/12/06/business/worldbusiness/06tele.html</a>.</p>
<p>Miami-Dade County’s “Population at a Glance”: <a href="http://www.miamidade.gov/planzone/pdf/populationglance.pdf%20" target="_blank">http://www.miamidade.gov/planzone/pdf/populationglance.pdf</a></p>
<p>Michael Malone, “Retransmission stalemate: no end in sight,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, December 10, 2007.</p>
<p>Michael Malone, “Heavy Layoffs at Young Broadcasting,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, January 13, 2008.</p>
<p>Michael Malone, “Stations Battle for Best Picture,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, November 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Michael Malone, “Hearst-Argyle Launches More YouTube Channels,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, November 1, 2007.</p>
<p>Joe Mandese , “Media Deals Set New Record, First 9 Months Top All of ’06,” MediaPost, October 3, 2007.</p>
<p>Joe Mandese. “SMG eyes ‘Agency of the Future,’ Expands Creative Services Role, Media Daily News,” December 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Joe Mandese, “Online Ad Growth Rate Ebbs in Q3, But Continues to Outpace All Major Media,” MediaPost, November 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Merissa Marr, “Updated Disney.com Offers Networking for Kids,” the Wall Street Journal, January 2, 2007.</p>
<p>Pilar Marrero, La Opinión, June 29, 2007. “Voz de Mayoria Importo Poco; El Discurso antiinmigrante se impuso en el debate.”</p>
<p>Kevin J. Martin, “The Daily Show,” New York Times, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Caroline McCarthy, “Digg, CBS Interactive team up for political coverage,” News.com, January 8, 2008.</p>
<p>McClatchy Washington Bureau, Nov. 30, 2007: <a href="http://www.mcclatchydc.com/234/story/22376.html" target="_blank">http://www.mcclatchydc.com/234/story/22376.html</a></p>
<p>Mediamark Research, “Magazine Audience Estimates” 2007.</p>
<p>“MediaMark, DJG Marketing and WRSS to Test Passive  Measurement of Magazine Readership in Public Places,” Mediamark Research  and Intelligence Press Release, December 3, 2007.</p>
<p>“Super Bowl Slots Nearly Sold Out,” Media Week, December 15, 2006: <a href="http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003522472" target="_blank">http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003522472</a></p>
<p>Diane Mermigas, “Election Ad Spend: TV Profits, But Times Are A’Changing,” MediaPost, October 24, 2007.</p>
<p>W. Davis Merritt, Knightfall, AMACON (American Management Association), 2005, P. 224.</p>
<p>Brian Morrissey, “In-Stream Ads Annoy Web Viewers,” AdWeek, October 31, 2006.</p>
<p>“Who we are,” MSNBC.com Web site, last accessed January 20, 2008.</p>
<p>“Setting the Record Straight,” MSNBC.com, September 11, 2007.</p>
<p>M Street Directory 1989-1999.</p>
<p>“DVRs Nested in One-in-Five Homes, Survey Says,” Multichannel News, August 21, 2007.</p>
<p>“Univision’s Uva Eye’s $1 Retransmissions-Consent Fees,” Multichannel News, March 16, 2007</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>N</h1>
<p>NBC News /Wall Street Journal poll, conducted by  Hart and Newhouse Research Companies, April 20-23, 2007. Gallup Poll,  December 18-20, 2006.</p>
<p>The Ethnic Media in America: The Giant Hidden in  Plain Sight, question “Which media do African Americans Rely on More  Heavily for News on Politics and Government?” New California Media, June  6, 2005.</p>
<p>Newspaper Association of America, “Online Newspaper  Advertising Growth Continues,” NAA press release, November 20, 2007.  Newspaper Association of America, “Trends and Numbers,” at NAA.org.</p>
<p>Newspaper Association of America, “Online Newspaper Viewership Reaches Record in 2007,” NAA press release, January 24, 2008.</p>
<p>Newspaper Association of America, “Newspaper Web  Sites Continue to Expand Medium’s Footprint,” NAA press release, October  31, 2007.</p>
<p>Newspaper Association of America, “Newspaper  Classified Advertising Expenditures,” cited in the Project for  Excellence in Journalism’s State of the News Media 2007.</p>
<p>“NBC News/msnbc.com and New York Times/NYTimes.com  Announce Collaboration on Political Coverage and National Political  Content for the 2008 Campaign,” New York Times Company press release,  July 30, 2007.</p>
<p>“The New York Times Company Reports 2007 Third-Quarter Results,” New York Times Company press release, October 23, 2007: <a href="http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=105317&amp;p=irol-pressArticle&amp;ID=1066071&amp;highlight" target="_blank">http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=105317&amp;p=irol-pressArticle&amp;ID=1066071&amp;highlight</a></p>
<p>“Online Newspaper Blog Traffic Grows 210 Percent  Year Over Year, According to Nielsen//NetRatings,” Nielsen//Net Ratings  press release, January 17, 2008.</p>
<p>Nielsen Online @plan, Winter 2007/2008, courtesy of the CBS Corp.</p>
<p>2007 Nielsen Media Research.<br />
<a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>O</h1>
<p>“OECD Broadband Statistics to June 2007,” OECD.org, February 20, 2008.</p>
<p>Gavin O’Malley, “Podvertising to Grow Fivefold, But Remain Niche,” Online Media Daily, February 26, 2007</p>
<p>Gavin O’Malley, “CBS ‘EyeLab’ Will Give Consumers Bite-Sized Clips,” MediaPost, October 1, 2007.</p>
<p>Gavin O’Malley, “Borell: Local Online Ads Climb 31.6% This Year,” June 5, 2007.</p>
<p>Gavin O’Malley, “CBS Pays $10 Million for Celebrity Blog,” Online Media Daily, October 12, 2007.</p>
<p>“Omnicom Reports 2006 Fourth Quarter and Year End Results,” Omnicom Press release, Feb. 13, 2007: <a href="http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=102269&amp;p=irol-newsArticle&amp;ID=962272&amp;highlight" target="_blank">http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=102269&amp;p=irol-newsArticle&amp;ID=962272&amp;highlight</a></p>
<p>Michael Oneal and Susan Chandler, “Boardroom Brawl Roils Tribune,” Chicago Tribune, June 15, 2007</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>P</h1>
<p>Robert Papper, RTNDA/Ball State University Annual News Director Survey “Net Worth,” RTNDA Communicator, May 2007.</p>
<p>Robert Papper, “Seize the Pay,” RTNDA Communicator, June 2007, P. 18.</p>
<p>Robert Papper, RTNDA/Ball State University Annual  News Director Survey, “News, Staffing and Profitability,” RTNDA  Communicator, October 2007.</p>
<p>Robert Papper, RTNDA/Ball State University Annual News Director Survey, “Where the Jobs Are,” RTNDA Communicator, June 2006.</p>
<p>PBS press release, November 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Jeffrey S. Passel, “Growing Share of Immigrants Choosing Naturalization,” Pew Hispanic Center, March 28, 2007.</p>
<p>“News Media Internal Auditors Interactive Media  Audit Perspectives,” presented by Mike Pearl, partner,  PricewaterhouseCoopers, August 2007.</p>
<p>Adam L. Penenberg, “Google News: Beta Not Make Money,” Wired, September 29, 2004.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “Paper Cuts,” New York Times, February 7, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “A Venerable Magazine Energizes Its Web Site,” New York Times, January 21, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “New York Times Plans to Cut 100 Newsroom Jobs,” New York Times, February 14, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “Times to End Charges on Web Site,” New York Times, September 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, &#8220;Wall St. Journal to Continue Its Charges for Web Content,&#8221; New York Times, January 25, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “For Publishers in Los Angeles, Cuts and Worse,” New York Times, February 19, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “Times and CNBC to Share Material on Web Sites,” New York Times, January 7, 2008.</p>
<p>Richard Pérez-Peña, “Times to Stop Charging for Parts of Its Web Site,” New York Times, September 18, 2007.</p>
<p>Jeremy W. Peters, “Viacom Sues Google Over YouTube Video Clips,” New York Times, March 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Laurie Petersen, “AOL + Tacoda: You’ve Got Scale,” MediaPost, July 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Laurie Petersen, “NBC Universal/News Corp. Create  Network To Distribute and Monetize Online Content,” Online Media Daily,  March 23, 2007.</p>
<p>“ U.S. Population Projections: 2007-2050,” Pew Charitable Trusts, February 11, 2008: <a href="http://www.pewtrusts.org/our_work_ektid35312.aspx?category=214" target="_blank">http://www.pewtrusts.org/our_work_ektid35312.aspx?category=214</a>.</p>
<p>“The American Community – Asians: 2004,” American Community Survey Reports, Pew Hispanic Center, February 2007.</p>
<p>“A Statistical Portrait of the Foreign-Born Population at Mid-Decade,” Pew Hispanic Center, Table 11: <a href="http://pewhispanic.org/reports/foreignborn/" target="_blank">http://pewhispanic.org /reports/foreignborn/. </a></p>
<p>“Online Video,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, July 25, 2007.</p>
<p>“Why We Don’t Know Enough About Broadband in the US,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project: <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf</a></p>
<p>“Teens and Social Media,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, December 19, 2007.</p>
<p>“Why Change the Channel?” Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, June 20, 2007.</p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, Pew Weekly News Interest Index Poll, October 12, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=362" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=362</a></p>
<p>“Online Papers Modestly Boost Newspaper  Readership,” biennial news consumption survey, Pew Research Center for  the People and the Press, July 30, 2006.</p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, Pew Weekly News Interest Index Poll, May 23, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=330" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=330</a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the  Press, “Internet’s Broader Role in Campaign 2008,” January, 11, 2008.  Based on polling conducted December 19-30, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384</a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Today’s Journalists Less Prominent,” March 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, “Demographics of Internet Users,” <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/trends/User_Demo_6.15.07.htm" target="_blank">http://www.pewInternet.org/trends/User_Demo_6.15.07.htm</a>, and “Daily Interest Activities”: <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/trends/Daily_Internet_Activities_8.28.07.htm" target="_blank">http://www.pewInternet.org/trends/Daily_Internet_Activities_8.28.07.htm</a>.</p>
<p>Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, “ Why We Don’t Know Enough About Broadband in the U.S”: <a href="http://pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf"> http://pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf</a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>18. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the  Press, “Internet’s Broader Role in Campaign 2008,” January, 11, 2008.  Based on polling conducted December 19-30, 2007.<a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384" target="_blank"> http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384</a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Internet’s Broader Role in Campaign 2008.,” Q43, banner C. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/pdf/384.pdf%20" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/pdf/384.pdf </a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the  Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9,  2007.Also, Pew Weekly News Interest Index Poll, November 9, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=370" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=370</a></p>
<p>PEJ, “Journalists in Iraq: A Survey of Reporters on the Front Lines.” <a href="http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf</a></p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; Press, January Political Survey, Final Topline, January 9-13, 2008, <a href="http://www.people-press.org/">www.people-press.org</a>.</p>
<p>Pew Research Center for the People &amp; Press, January Political Survey, Final Topline, January 9-13, 2008: <a href="http://www.people-press.org/">www.people-press.org</a>.</p>
<p>Eric Pfanner, “Financial Times Will Allow More Free Access to Web Site,” New York Times, October 1, 2007.</p>
<p>Podcast Alley, podcastalley.com, January 15, 2008.</p>
<p>Mary Ellen Podmolik, “No. 6 Meet the Press,” BtoB: The Magazine for Marketing Strategists, May 7, 2007.</p>
<p>Therese Poletti, “Are we in the midst of “Bubble 2.0?,” MarketWatch, October 26, 2007.</p>
<p>“Morris Sells News Chief, 16 Other Papers,” Polkonline.com., October 24, 2007.</p>
<p>“Gannett introduces ‘the newsroom of the future,’”memo from Gannett CEO Craig Durbow, Poynter Online, November 2, 2006.</p>
<p>LeeAnn Prescott, “Hitwise US News &amp; Media Report,” Hitwise, April 2007.</p>
<p>State of the News Media 2007, Project for Excellence in Journalism, March 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Project for Excellence in Journalism, “The Invisible Primary – Invisible No Longer,” October 29, 2007: <a href="http://journalism.org/node/8189#_ftn2" target="_blank">http://journalism.org/node/8189#_ftn2</a>.</p>
<p>Project for Excellence in Journalism, “Journalists in Iraq: A Survey of Reporters on the Front Lines.” <a href="http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf</a>.</p>
<p>“Digital Journalism: A Topography of News Web  sites,” from the State of the News Media 2007, Project for Excellence in  Journalism, March 12, 2007: <a href="http://stateofthenewsmedia.org/2007/narrative_digital_findings.asp?cat=2&amp;media=2%20" target="_blank">http://stateofthenewsmedia.org/2007/narrative_digital_findings.asp?cat=2&amp;media=2</a></p>
<p>“The Latest News Headlines —Your Vote Counts,” Project for Excellence in Journalism, September 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Local TV News Projects, 1998–2002, Project for Excellence in Journalism, <a href="http://www.journalism.org/ra_by_media/55/61/%2A?page=1" target="_blank">(http://www.journalism.org/ra_by_media/55/61/%2A?page=1)</a></p>
<p>Annual State of the News Media reports, 2004-2007, Project for Excellence in Journalism.</p>
<p>Publishers Information Bureau report, January 2007-December 2007 vs. 2006.</p>
<p>Publishers Information Bureau Revenue &amp; Ad pages by Category 2007: <a href="http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Ad_Category__quarterly___YTD_/25716.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Ad_Category__quarterly___YTD_/25716.cfm</a>.</p>
<p>Publishers Information Bureau. Revenue &amp; Pages by Magazine Titles (Quarterly): <a href="http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Magazine_Titles__quarterly_/24509.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Magazine_Titles__quarterly_/24509.cfm</a>.</p>
<p>Jim Puzzanghera, “Bad reviews pile up for FCC chief’s plan,” Los Angeles Times, November 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Jim Puzzanghera, “Millions may miss the digital TV deadline,” Los Angeles Times, March 28, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>R</h1>
<p>“Internet Streaming Close to Becoming a Fully Mobile Media,” Radio Business Report, November 16, 2007.</p>
<p>“Arbitron to Delay PPM Rollout in NYC, LA, Chicago, San Francisco and Dallas,” Radio Business Report, November 27, 2007.</p>
<p>“Hanson Addresses FAQ’s about Royalty Rate Decision,” Radio and Internet Newsletter, March 2, 2007.</p>
<p>Lee Rainie and Bill Tancer, “36% of online  American adults consult Wikipedia,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life  Project, April 2007.</p>
<p>“NBC Universal’s Zucker dismisses sale,” October 29, 2007, Reuters.</p>
<p>“Digital developments could be tipping point for MP3,” Reuters, December 3, 2007.</p>
<p>“Hearst Buys Two Tribune Papers in Connecticut,” USA Today.com via Reuters, October 25, 2007.</p>
<p>J. Max Robins, “2.0 Minus 700,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, October 23, 2006</p>
<p>J. Max Robins, “New, Old Media Team Up,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, June 4, 2007.</p>
<p>Jim Romenesko, “Taking Charge of Our Future” (Harte memo), January 22, 2008.</p>
<p>Phil Rosenthal, “Couric feeling more at ease,” Chicago Tribune, April 22, 2007.</p>
<p>Phil Rosenthal, “Homogenized Radio Stations Bottle Up Growth,” Chicago Tribune, November 11, 2007.</p>
<p>Phil Rosenthal, “NBC looks to resuscitate Oxygen,” Chicago Tribune, October 10, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Ross and Vic Walter, “To Catch a Predator: a Sting Gone Bad,” Dateline, September 7, 2007.</p>
<p>Randall Rothenberg, “Facebook’s Flop,” Wall Street Journal, December 14, 2007: <a href="http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119760316554728877.html" target="_blank">http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119760316554728877.html</a></p>
<p>Evelyn M. Rusli, “Sirius About A Merger,” Forbes.com. November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Cristine Russell, “Covering Controversial Science:  Improving Reporting on Science and Public Policy,” Joan Shorenstein  Center, Harvard University, 2006.</p>
<p>Stephanie Antonian Rutherford, “Can Newspapers Survive in a Digital World?,” Battle Creek Examiner, January 11, 2008.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>S</h1>
<p>“60 Minutes,” August 17, 2003, <a href="http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2003/05/07/60minutes/main552819.shtml" target="_blank">http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2003/05/07/60minutes/main552819.shtml</a>.</p>
<p>Alvin P. Sanoff, U.S. News &amp; World Report, June 9, 1980.</p>
<p>Erik Sass, “LA Times Unveils New Web Strategy,” MediaPost Publications, January 25, 2007. <strong></strong></p>
<p>Erik Sass, “Dear Arbitron: Radio Industry Letter Delivers Broadside,” MediaPost, November 15, 2007.</p>
<p>Erik Sass, “Radio Buys: Cumulus Acquired by Private Equity,” MediaPost, July 24, 2007.</p>
<p>“Scarborough Newspaper Audience Ratings Report 2007,” Scarborough Research, April 24, 2007.</p>
<p>Jan Schaffer, “Citizen Media: Fad or Future of News?” J-Lab, February 2007.</p>
<p>Amy Schatz and Corey Boles, “FCC Votes to End Media Ownership Rules,” Wall Street Journal, December 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Michael Schneider, “Fox drops TV stations for Dow bid,” Variety, June 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Nelson D. Schwartz, “Is G.E. Too Big for Its Own Good?” New York Times, July 22, 2007.</p>
<p>“Scripps Announces Plan to Separate into Two Public Companies,” E. W. Scripps Company press release, October 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Steve Secklow and Martin Peers, “Murdoch’s Role as  Proprietor, Journalist and Plans for Dow Jones,” Wall Street Journal,  June 6, 2007.</p>
<p>Katharine Q. Seelye. “With Redesign of Time, Sentences Run Forward,” New York Times, March 12, 2007: <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2007/03/12/business/media/12time.html." target="_blank">http://www.nytimes.com/2007/03/12/business/media/12time.html. </a></p>
<p>“The Multicultural Economy, 2006,” The Selig Center for Economic Growth at the University of Georgia.</p>
<p>Molly Selvin, “Challenge Authority If You Dare,” Los Angeles Times, February 5, 2008.</p>
<p>Donna Shaw, “Really Local,” American Journalism Review, April/May 2007.</p>
<p>Mike Shields, “CBS to Stream on YouTube,” MediaWeek, October 9, 2006.</p>
<p>Annys Shin, the Washington Post, March 18, 2004.</p>
<p>Gail Shister, “CBS evening blues,” the Philadelphia Inquirer, April 23, 2007.</p>
<p>David Sifry, “The State of the Live Web,” April 2007: <a href="http://www.sifry.com/">www. sifry.com</a>.</p>
<p>Richard Siklos and Andrew Ross Sorkin, “Murdoch Offers $5 Billion Bid for Dow Jones,” New York Times, August 2, 2007.</p>
<p>Richard Siklos, “News Corp. and NBC in Web Deal,” New York Times, March 23, 2007.</p>
<p>“Analyzing YouTube’s Revenue Potential,” Silicon Alley Insider, August 21, 2007.</p>
<p>“Former FCC Chairman Hundt Comments on Sirius-XM Merger in Interview,” Sirius and XM press releases, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p>Erika D. Smith, “Emmis Again Urged to Go Private,” The Indianapolis Star, October 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Greg Smith, chief operating officer of Neo@Ogilvy, a digital media offshoot of Ogilvy &amp; Mather Worldwide.</p>
<p>StateMaster.com: <a href="http://www.statemaster.com/graph/eco_gsp_rea_gsp_con_pergdp-gsp-real-construction-per-gd" target="_blank">http://www.statemaster.com/graph/eco_gsp_rea_gsp_con_pergdp-gsp-real-construction-per-gd</a></p>
<p>Emily Steel, “WSJ.com to Retain Subscription Component,” Wall Street Journal, January 25, 2008.</p>
<p>Jacques Steinberg, “Charles Gibson’s ‘World News’ Gets Rare Ratings Victory,” New York Times, February 14, 2007.</p>
<p>Jacques Steinberg, “A ‘Today’ at a Time, Until Finally She Has a Year,” New York Times, September 11, 2007.</p>
<p>Jacques Steinberg, “An Early Show Exit,” New York Times, November 29, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter, “MSNBC to Acquire a Chattier News Site,” New York Times, October 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter, “ABC Reshapes the Evening News for the Web,” New York Times, October 12, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter, “ABC News and Facebook in Joint  Effort to Bring Viewers Closer to Political Coverage,” New York Times,  November 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter, “‘To Catch a Predator’ Is Falling Prey to Advertisers’ Sensibilities,” New York Times, August 27, 2007.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter. “In Foray into TV, Google is to Track Ad Audiences,” New York Times, October 24, 2007: <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/24/business/media/24adco.html" target="_blank">http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/24/business/media/24adco.html</a>.</p>
<p>Brian Stelter, “At NBC, the Brand Becomes a Slogan,” New York Times, November 5, 2007.</p>
<p>Richard Stengel, “A Changing TIME,” Time, January 6, 2007.</p>
<p>Carl Sessions Stepp, “Transforming the Architecture,” AJR, October-November, 2007.</p>
<p>Brad Stone and Matt Richtel, “ Silicon Valley Start-Ups Awash in Dollars, Again,” New York Times, October 17, 2007.</p>
<p>Brad Stone, “Equity Firm Invests in NBC Universal-News Corp. Online Venture,” New York Times, August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Louise Story, “How Many Site Hits? Depends Who’s Counting,” New York Times, October 22, 2007.</p>
<p>Louise Story, “Another Step for a Remade AOL,” New York Times, November 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Veronis Suhler Stevenson, “Communications Industry Forecast 2007-2011.”</p>
<p>Seth Sutel, “Yahoo adds 17 more newspapers,” Associated Press, November 19, 2007.</p>
<p>Seth Sutel, “New York Times regional papers join Yahoo newspaper group,” Associated Press, November 18, 2007.</p>
<p>“New study shows Americans’ blogging behaviour,” Synovate, August 30, 2007.<br />
<a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>T</h1>
<p>Talkers magazine, “Top Talk Personalities,” October 2007: <a href="http://www.talkers.com/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;task=view&amp;id=17&amp;Itemid=34" target="_blank">http://www.talkers.com/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;task=view&amp;id=17&amp;Itemid=34. </a></p>
<p>Talkers magazine, “The Talk Radio Research Project,”<a href="http://www.talkers.com/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;task=view&amp;id=16&amp;Itemid=33" target="_blank"> http://www.talkers.com/main/index.php?option=com_content&amp;task=view&amp;id=16&amp;Itemid=33.</a></p>
<p>Dorcas Taylor, “Networks by the Numbers,” American Journalism Review, April/May 2005.</p>
<p>Ira Teinowitz, “Bush Proposes Steep Cuts to PBS Funding,” Television Week, February 5, 2007.</p>
<p>Television Bureau of Advertising, “2007 TV Ad Revenue Figures,” (Ad Revenue Track, Third Quarter Data), December 18, 2007: <a href="http://www.tvb.org/nav/build_frameset.asp?url=/rcentral/index.asp">http://www.tvb.org/nav/build_frameset.asp?url=/rcentral/index.asp. </a></p>
<p>Time Warner Inc. Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2007  for the period ending September 30, 2007; Time Warner Inc. Form 10-Q,  filed November 1, 2006 for period ending September 30, 2006.</p>
<p>Time Warner Annual Report 2006.</p>
<p>“Time Warner Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2007 Results,” Time Warner press release, November 7, 2007.</p>
<p>“NBC Partners with TiVo on Advertising and Research Solutions,” TiVo press release, November 27, 2007: <a href="http://tivo.com/abouttivo/pressroom/pressreleases/2007/release_112707.html" target="_blank">http://tivo.com/abouttivo/pressroom/pressreleases/2007/release_112707.html</a></p>
<p>Szabolcs Toth, “Chinese news network in US finds perils of facing Beijing.” Boston.com, August 24, 2003:<strong><br />
</strong><a href="http://www.boston.com/news/world/articles/2003/08/24/chinese_news_network_in_us_finds_perils_of_facing_beijing/" target="_blank">http://www.boston.com/news/world/articles/2003/08/24/chinese_news_network_in_us_finds_perils_of_facing_beijing/</a> .</p>
<p>Chris Tryhorn, “Dow Jones Signals Local Paper Sell Off,” The Guardian, November 28, 2007.</p>
<p>“CBS Blinks, PublicEye Goes Dormant,” TVNewser, January 2, 2008.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>U</h1>
<p>“Annual Internet Survey by the Center for the  Digital Future Finds Shifting Trends Among Adults About the Benefits and  Consequences of Children Going Online,” USC Center for Digital Future,  January 17, 2008.</p>
<p>Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006, United States Securities and Exchange Commission.</p>
<p>Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2007, United States Securities and Exchange Commission.</p>
<p>“Univision ranked as the #1 network with an +11%  advantage over its nearest competitor, Fox, and beating ABC by +43%, CBS  by +42%, NBC by +57% and fully +125% ahead of CW for all adults 18-34,  not just Hispanics,” Univision press release, September 7, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>V</h1>
<p>Diego Vasquez. “Big Changes for Local Web Advertising,” Media Life Magazine: <a href="http://www.medialifemagazine.com/artman2/publish/Research_25/Big_changes_for_local_web_advertising.asp" target="_blank">http://www.medialifemagazine.com/artman2/publish/Research_25/Big_changes_for_local_web_advertising.asp</a></p>
<p>“Viacom Files Federal Copyright Infringement Complaint Against YouTube and Google,” Viacom press release, March 13, 2007.</p>
<p>David Vaina, interview conducted for Project for Excellence in Journalism, January 10, 2008.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>W &amp; X</h1>
<p>Wall Street Journal, September 13, 2006.</p>
<p>Mark Walsh, “eMarketer: Online Ad Spending Growth to Slow,” MediaPost, February 27, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Walsh, “Media M&amp;A Slowing in Wake of Credit Crunch,” Online Media Daily, October 31, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Walsh, “Times Co. Taps Monster for Job Ads,” Online Media Daily, February 15, 2007.</p>
<p>Mark Walsh, “Time.com Adds Blogs, News Feed,” MediaPost, January 8, 2007.</p>
<p>Quote attributed to John Wanamaker: <a href="http://www.quotationspage.com/quotes/John_Wanamaker/" target="_blank">http://www.quotationspage.com/quotes/John_Wanamaker/</a></p>
<p>Washington Post “Investing” column, September 25, 2007.</p>
<p>Washington Post Entrance and Exit Polls, 2008: <a href="http://projects.washingtonpost.com/2008-presidential-candidates/primaries/exit-polls/topics/One-of-four-most-important-issue/r/" target="_blank">http://projects.washingtonpost.com/2008-presidential-candidates/primaries/exit-polls/topics/One-of-four-most-important-issue/r/  (Republican)</a> and<a href="http://projects.washingtonpost.c%20om/2008-preside%20ntial-candidates/primaries/exit-polls/topics/most-important-issue/d/%20" target="_blank"> http://projects.washingtonpost.c om/2008-preside  ntial-candidates/primaries/exit-polls/topics/most-important-issue/d/  (Democrats) </a></p>
<p>Richard Waters and Kevin Allison, “Video sites spark fears of bubble,” Financial Times, April 30, 2007.</p>
<p>Edward Watt, “Joel Siegel, 63, Movie Critic Who Instructed and Amused, Dies,” New York Times, June 30, 2007.</p>
<p>J. Webster, P. Phalen and L. Lichty, “Ratings  Analysis: The Theory and Practice of Audience Research,” Lawrence  Erlbaum Associates, 2000.</p>
<p>Alex Weprin, “Nielsen National TV Ratings Panel Expanding More than Threefold,” Broadcasting &amp; Cable, September 26, 2007.</p>
<p>Alex Weprin, “CBS Making 60 Minutes Available as Free Podcast,” Broadcasting and Cable, September 20, 2007.</p>
<p>David B. Wilkerson, “CBS explores radio sales in smaller markets,” MarketWatch, May 23, 2006.</p>
<p>“Former FCC Chairman Hundt Comments on Sirius-XM Merger in Interview,” XM and Sirius press releases, November 13, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<h1>Y</h1>
<p>Yahoo Finance, January 2, 2008.</p>
<p>“Yahoo! Reports Third Quarter 2007 Financial Results,” Yahoo press release, October 16, 2007.</p>
<p>Yahoo Annual Report 2006.</p>
<p>“CBS and YouTube Strike Strategic Content and Advertising Partnership,” YouTube.com press release, October 6, 2006.</p>
<p>Jeff Yang, “The AZend,” SFGate.com, January 29, 2008: <a href="http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/g/a/2008/01/29/apop.DTL" target="_blank">http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/g/a/200 8/01/29/apop.DTL.</a></p>
<p><a name="B"></a><a href="../2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/#">return to                      the top</a></p>
<p>Z</p>
<p>Kim Zetter, “Dateline Mole Allegedly at DefCon with Hidden Camera — Updated: Mole Caught on Tape,” Wired, August 3, 2007.</p>
<p>“Zogby Poll: Most Say Bloggers, Citizen Reporters  to Play Vital Role in Journalism’s Future,” Zogby International,  February 13, 2007.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/source-bibliography/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Author’s and Collaborators</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/authors-and-collaborators/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/authors-and-collaborators/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 21:11:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Richard Wike</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Authors and Collaborators Many partners contributed to this report. Rick Edmonds of the Poynter Institute co-wrote the Chapter on newspapers with PEJ staff. And Rober Ruby co-wrote with PEJ the Chapter on public attitudes. The chapter on Madison Avenue was reported and written by Cathy Taylor. Andrew Tyndall of ADT Research consulted on the Cable [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Authors and Collaborators</p>
<p>Many partners contributed to this report.</p>
<p>Rick Edmonds of the Poynter Institute co-wrote the  Chapter on newspapers with PEJ staff. And Rober Ruby co-wrote with PEJ  the Chapter on public attitudes. The chapter on Madison Avenue was  reported and written by Cathy Taylor. Andrew Tyndall of ADT Research  consulted on the Cable TV and Network TV chapters.</p>
<p>From the Project, researchers conducted the data  aggregation and did initial drafting in the following areas: David Vaina  for the network and online chapters, Gauri Malhotra for the cable and  local television chapters, Niki Woodard for the radio chapter and parts  of the newspaper chapter, and Dante Chinni and Kenny Olmstead for the  ethnic and magazine chapters. Mark Jurkowitz co-authored the report’s  content analysis. The content analysis was supervised by Hong Ji and  Paul Hitlin and executed by the content staff of PEJ. Cheryl Elzey  managed the budget and Dana Page supervised public relations.</p>
<p>Jane McDonnell served as editor of the chapters. Amy  Mitchell and Tom Rosenstiel supervised the project, edited the chapters  and wrote the analytical components.</p>
<p>Irv Molotsky was the copy editor</p>
<p>Blattner Brunner designed the Web site. The Project’s  staff put the design into effect. Programming consultant Don Bell  designed and programmed the Chartland component. Wendy Kelly of WLK  Design will produce the executive summary. Evelyn R. Navas will  translate the report into Spanish.</p>
<p>Among the more than three dozen people who served as  readers of the chapters were Derek Baine, Charles Bierbauer, Merrill  Brown, John Carroll, Sandy Close, Wally Dean, Julian Do, Howard Finberg,  Edward Fouhy, Mark Fratrik, Mark Hanzlik, Samir Husni, Mark Jurkowitz,  Richard Karpel, Odette Keeley, Katie King, Bill Kovach, DC Livers,  Edward Schumacher Matos, Sara Melillo, Dick Meyer, Phil Meyer, Victor  Navasky, Jake Oliver, Robert Papper, Adam Powell, Lee Rainie, Sandip  Roy, Alan Seraita, Frank Sesno, Neal Shapiro, Al Stavitsky, Roberto  Suro, Tom Taylor, Andrew Tyndall, Dale Willman and Judy Woodruff. Their  thoughtful insights and suggestions greatly improved the chapters, but  the readers are in no way responsible for the analysis or narrative  accounts in this report. Moreover, the readers were not sources for  information, unless explicitly cited in footnotes. In no case did a  reader serve as an anonymous source for anything in the report.</p>
<p>Finally, the project could not have been completed  without the extraordinary support, both financially and personally, of  the Pew Charitable Trusts, particularly Don Kimelman, a trusted editor,  and Rebecca Rimel, whose idea this report was in the first place.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/authors-and-collaborators/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Methodology</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/methodology/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/methodology/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 21:11:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Bailey</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The data for this study were collected in two parts. The first consists of data originated by other people or organizations that PEJ then collected and aggregated. The second part, particularly the content analysis, is original work conducted specifically for this report. For the data aggregated from other researchers, the Project took several steps. First, [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The data for this study were collected in two parts. The first  consists of data originated by other people or organizations that PEJ  then collected and aggregated. The second part, particularly the content  analysis, is original work conducted specifically for this report.</p>
<p>For the data aggregated from other  researchers, the Project took several steps. First, we tried to  determine what data had been collected and by whom for the eight media  sectors studied. We organized the data into the seven primary areas of  interest we wanted to examine: content, audience, economics, ownership,  newsroom investment, alternative news outlets and public attitudes. For  all data ultimately used, the Project sought and gained permission for  their use.</p>
<p>Next, the Project studied the data closely to  determine where elements reinforced each other and where there were  apparent contradictions or gaps. In doing so, the Project endeavored to  determine the value and validity of each data set. That in many cases  involved going back to the sources that collected the research in the  first place. Where data conflicted, we have included all relevant  sources and tried to explain their differences, either in footnotes or  in the narratives.</p>
<p>In analyzing the data for each media sector, we sought insight from experts <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-authors-and-collaborators/" target="_blank">(Authors and Collaborators)</a> by having at least three outside readers for each sector chapter. Those  readers raised questions, offered arguments and questioned data where  they saw fit.</p>
<p>All sources are cited in footnotes or within the narrative, and listed alphabetically in a source <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/" target="_blank">bibliography</a>.  The data used in the report are also available in more complete tabular  form online, where users can view the raw material, sort it on their  own and make their own charts and graphs <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/charts.php" target="_blank">(charts)</a>Our  goal was not only to organize the available material into a clear  narrative, but also to also collect all the public data on journalism in  one usable place. In many cases, the Project paid for the use of the  data.</p>
<p>The methodology for the original content  analysis research conducted by PEJ follows in two parts. First is the  methodology for the main study — A Year in the News. Second is a  snapshot study of Spanish-language media <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-methodology/#spanish">(Spanish-Language Methodology)</a></p>
<p><strong> </strong><strong>A Year in the News: Content Methodology</strong></p>
<p><strong> Sampling and Inclusion </strong></p>
<p>The content analysis research in the 2008  State of the News Media Report is the summation of a year’s worth of  coding conducted by PEJ. The coding is continuous throughout the year,  with weekly findings reported in the News Coverage Index reports <a href="http://www.journalism.org/news_index" target="_blank">(Click to read the latest News Coverage Index)</a>.</p>
<p>All coding was conducted in-house by PEJ’s staff of researchers.</p>
<p>The 2007 analysis totals 70,737 stories. This  consists of 6,559 newspaper stories, 6,520 online stories, 21,320  stories from network television, 22,823 stories on cable news, and  13,515 stories from radio programs.</p>
<p>The central focus of study is to analyze a  wide swath of American news media to identify what is being covered and  not covered — the media’s broad news agenda.</p>
<p><strong>The Universe: What we Studied</strong></p>
<p>Because the landscape is becoming more  diverse — in platform, content, style and emphasis — and because media  consumption habits are also changing, even varying day to day, the  analysis is designed to be broad. Therefore, our sample, based on the  advice of our academic team, was designed to include a broad range of  outlets, illustrative but not strictly representative of the media  universe.</p>
<p>The sample is also by design, selected to meet these criteria rather  than to be strictly random. It is a multistage sampling process that  cannot be entirely formulaic or numeric because of differences in  measuring systems across media. It involves the balancing of several  factors, including the number of media sectors that offer news, the  number of news outlets in any given sector, the amount of news  programming in each outlet and the audience reach. In addition to  front-end selections, we have also weighted the various sectors on the  back end to account for differences in audience. The weighting process  is discussed further down in this document.</p>
<p>The mainstream, or establishment, daily news media in the United States can be broken down into five main sectors. These are:</p>
<p>Network TV News<br />
Newspapers<br />
Online News Sites<br />
Cable News<br />
Radio News</p>
<p>Within each media sector, the outlets and individual programs vary  considerably in number, as do the stories and size of the audience. We  began by first identifying the various media sectors, then identifying  the news media outlets within each, then the specific news programs and  finally the stories within those.</p>
<p>The primary aim was to look at the main news stories of the week  across the industry. With that in mind, for outlets and publications  where time does not permit coding the entire news content offered each  day (three hours of network morning programming, for instance), we coded  the lead portion. In other words, we coded the first 30 minutes of the  cable news programs, the first 30 minutes of the network morning news  programs, the front page of newspapers, etc. This may have skewed the  overall universe toward more “serious” stories, but this is also the  most likely time period to include coverage of the main, national news  events of the day, those that would make up the top stories each week or  each month.</p>
<p>Below we describe the selection process and resulting sample for each main sector.</p>
<p><strong> Network News</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Reach</span></p>
<p>Each evening, the three broadcast news  programs on the commercial networks &#8212; ABC, NBC and CBS &#8212; together  reach about 26 million viewers. The morning news shows on those networks  are seen by 13.6 million viewers.<a><sup>1</sup></a> In addition, the nightly public television newscast on PBS reaches 2.2  million viewers daily, according to its internal figures. Because the  universe of national broadcast channels is limited to these four  outlets, it is practical to count all of the networks as our sample  universe.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Sample</span><em><br />
</em><br />
Each of the three major commercial broadcast networks produces two  daily national general interest news shows, one in the morning (such as  Good Morning America) and one in evening. It is practical, therefore, to  include at least part of all these news programs on ABC, CBS, and NBC  in our sample. (The magazine genre of programs was not included in the  universe both because in most cases they are not daily, except for  Nightline, and because they are not devoted predictably to covering the  news of the day). At the same time, the NewsHour With Jim Lehrer on PBS  is considered by many as an alternative nightly news broadcast compared  to the three major networks, and because it reaches a substantial  audience, we included that program.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Units of Study</span></p>
<p>For the evening newscasts, the study coded the entire program. For the  morning programs, it coded the news segments that appear during the  first 30 minutes of the broadcast, including the national news inserts  but not the local ones. By selecting this sample of the morning shows,  it is possible that we will be missing some news stories that appear  later in the programs. Through prior PEJ research, however, we have  learned that the morning shows generally move away from the news of the  day after the first 30 minutes, save for the top-of-the-hour news  insert, and present more human interest and lifestyle stories after  that. The stories that the networks feel are most important will appear  during the first 30 minutes and be included in our study.</p>
<p>The resulting network sample is:</p>
<p>Commercial Network Evening News: Entire 30 minutes of all three programs each day (90 minutes)<br />
Commercial Network Morning News: First 30 minutes of all three programs each day (90 minutes)<br />
PBS NewsHour: First 30 minutes each day</p>
<p>Total: 3.5 hours each day</p>
<p><strong> Cable Television</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Reach</span><em><br />
</em><br />
According to ratings data, the individual programs of the three main  cable television news channels &#8212; CNN, MSNBC and Fox News &#8212; do not  reach as many viewers as those of the broadcast commercial network news  shows. During prime time hours, 2.5 million viewers watch cable news,  while 1.5 million watch during daytime hours.<a><sup>2</sup></a> But ratings data arguably undercount the reach of cable news. Survey  data now find that somewhat more people cite cable news as their first  source for national and international news than cite broadcast network  news.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Sample</span></p>
<p>The most likely option was to study CNN,  MSNBC and Fox News. These represent the dominant channel of programming  from each news-producing cable company. (This means selecting MSNBC as  opposed to CNBC, and CNN as opposed to CNN Headline News, and MSNBC over  Headline News, which now sometimes beats MSNBC in ratings.)</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Units of Study</span><em><br />
</em><br />
Since these channels provide programming round the clock, with  individual programs sometimes reaching fairly small audiences, it was  not practical for us to code all of the available shows. There is a  great challenge in selecting several times out of the day to serve as a  sample of cable news over all.</p>
<p>On the other hand, earlier studies have shown that for much of the  day, one cable news program on a channel is indistinguishable to most  people from another. If one were to ask a daytime viewer of cable news  which program he or she preferred, the 10 a.m. or the noon, you might  get a confused look in response. For blocks of hours at a time, the  channels will have programs with generic titles CNN Newsroom, Your World  Today or Fox News Live. Our studies have shown that there are four  distinct programming sectors to cable &#8212; early morning, daytime, early  evening and prime time.</p>
<p>Working with academic advisers we weighed various options. A selection  based on the most-watched programs would result in the O’Reilly Factor  (1.8 million viewers a night) for Fox and Larry King Live (500,000  viewers a night) for CNN. However, some of these shows are not news  programs per se, but rather their content derives from the host’s  opinions and guests on any given day. Separating news and talk also  proved problematic because it is often difficult to distinguish between  the two categories, while several programs offer both news and talk in  the same hour.</p>
<p>The best option, we concluded, was to draw from two time periods:</p>
<p>1. The daytime period, to demonstrate what  live events are being covered. The study includes two 30-minute segments  of daytime programming each day, rotating among the three networks.</p>
<p>2. Early evening and prime time (6 to 11  p.m.), together as a unit, rather than separating out talk and news or  early prime and late prime. Within this five-hour period, we included  all programming that focuses on general news events of the day.  Basically, this removes three programs: Fox’s Greta Van Susteren, which  is focused on crime; CNN’s Larry King, which is focused on entertainment  or personal stories rather than news events, and MSNBC’s documentary  program. Because MSNBC’s audience numbers are so much lower than those  for Fox or CNN, we also decided to include slightly less of its  programming. Even though CNN trails Fox in Nielsen ratings, its monthly  cumulative, or “cume,” audience figure is higher, so the two are sampled  equally.</p>
<p>To include the most cable offerings possible each week, the study  coded the 30 minutes of selected programs and rotated them daily.  Morning shows were not included because those shows are run at the same  time for every part of the country, meaning that a broadcast that starts  at 7 a.m. on the East Coast will begin at 4 a.m. on the West Coast.  Those programs appear far too early for much of the country to actually  view. This is in contrast with the broadcast morning programs, which are  shown on tape delay in different parts of the country, in the manner of  other broadcast programs.</p>
<p>This process resulted in the following cable sample:</p>
<p><strong>Daytime</strong></p>
<p>Rotate, coding two out of three 30-minute daytime slots each day (60 minutes a day)</p>
<p><strong>Prime Time </strong></p>
<p>Three 30-minute segments for Fox (90 minutes)<br />
Three 30-minute segments for CNN (90 minutes)<br />
Two 30-minute segments for MSNBC (60 minutes)</p>
<p>The index rotates among all programming from 6 to 11 p.m. that was  focused on general news events of the day. excluding CNN’s Larry King  and Fox’s Greta Van Susteren.</p>
<p>Both CNN and MSNBC made some programming changes during 2007, and the replacement shows are included when appropriate.</p>
<table border="1" width="454">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="49"></td>
<td width="162">CNN</td>
<td width="89">Fox</td>
<td width="126">MSNBC</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6 p.m</td>
<td>Situation Room</td>
<td>Special Report w/Brit Hume</td>
<td>Tukcer Carlson</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7 p.m</td>
<td>Lou Dobbs Tonight (waspreviously at 6 p.m.)</td>
<td>Fox Report w/ Shephard Smith</td>
<td>Hardball</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8 p.m.</td>
<td>Paula Zahn Now/Out in the Open</td>
<td>The O&#8217;Reilly Factor</td>
<td>Countdown w/Keith Olbermann</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9 p.m.</td>
<td>&#8212;&#8212;</td>
<td>Hannity &amp; Colmes</td>
<td>Scarborough Country/Live w/ Dan Abrams</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10 p.m.</td>
<td>Anderson Cooper 360</td>
<td>&#8212;&#8212;</td>
<td>&#8212;&#8212;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>= 5 hours each day (including daytime)</p>
<p><strong> Newspapers</strong></p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Reach</span></em></p>
<p>About 54 million newspapers are sold each weekday.<a><sup>3</sup></a> This number does not include the “pass along” rate of newspapers, which  some estimate, depending on the paper, to be approximately three times  the circulation rate. In addition, specific newspapers, such as the New  York Times and Washington Post, have an influence on the national and  international news agenda even greater because they serve as sources of  news that many other outlets look to in making their own programming and  editorial decisions. So while the overall audience for newspapers is  declining over recent years, newspapers still play a large and  consequential role in setting the news agenda that cannot be strictly  quantified or justified by circulation data. There is a growing body of  data that the total audience of newspapers, combining their reach in  print and online combined, may actually be growing slightly.</p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Sample</span></em></p>
<p>To create some representation of what  national stories are being covered by the 1,450 daily newspapers around  the country, we divided the country’s daily papers into three tiers  based on circulation: over 650,000, 100,000 to 650,000, and under  100,000. Within each tier, we selected papers along the following  criteria:</p>
<p>Papers needed to be available electronically the day of publication. Three Web sites, including <a href="http://www.nexis.com/" target="_blank">www.nexis.com</a>, <a href="http://www.newsstand.com/" target="_blank">www.newsstand.com</a> and <a href="http://www.pressdisplay.com/" target="_blank">www.pressdisplay.com</a>,  offer same-day full-text delivery service. Based on their general  same-day availability (excluding non-daily papers, non-U.S. papers,  non-English-language papers, college papers, and special niche papers) a  list of U.S. general interest daily newspapers was constructed. The  list included seven papers in Tier 1 , 44 papers in Tier 2, and 22  papers in Tier 3.</p>
<p>Tier 1: Due to its national prominence and  readership, and the desirability of having at least one newspaper that  was coded every day without any interruption due to rotation (in the  same way the network newscasts are coded), we decided to code the New  York Times each day (Sunday through Friday). We then wanted to include a  representation from the other large nationally known or distributed  papers, so each day we coded two out of four of the largest papers, the  Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, USA Today, and the Wall Street  Journal.</p>
<p>Tier 2 and 3: Four newspapers were selected  each from Tier 2 and Tier 3. To ensure geographical diversity, each of  the four newspapers within Tier 2 and Tier 3 was selected from a  different geographic region according to the parameters established by  the U.S. Census Bureau, i.e., Northeast Region, Midwest Region, South  Region and West Region. An effort was also made to ensure the ownership  diversity. One selected newspaper was found too difficult to capture  during our testing, and it was replaced by another newspaper from the  same region within the same circulation category. We rotated two of the  four newspapers in Tier 2 and Tier 3 each day.</p>
<p>This process resulted in the following newspaper sample:</p>
<p><strong>First Tier</strong><strong> </strong></p>
<p>The New York Times</p>
<p>The Washington Post</p>
<p>The Los Angeles Times</p>
<p>USA Today</p>
<p>The Wall Street Journal</p>
<p><strong> Second Tier</strong><strong></strong></p>
<p>The Boston Globe</p>
<p>The ( Minneapolis) Star Tribune</p>
<p>The Austin ( Texas) American-Statesman</p>
<p>The Albuquerque Journal</p>
<p><strong> Third Tier</strong><strong></strong></p>
<p>The ( Attleboro, Mass.) Sun Chronicle</p>
<p>The ( Ashtabula, Ohio) Star Beacon</p>
<p>The Chattanooga Times Free Press</p>
<p>The Bakersfield Californian</p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Units of Study</span></em></p>
<p>For each of the papers selected, we coded  only articles that began on page A1 (including jumps). The argument for  this is that the papers have made the decision to feature those stories  on that day. That means we did not code the articles on the inside of  the A section, or on any other section. The first argument for ignoring  these stories is that they will be unnecessary for our index, which  measures only the biggest stories each week. If a story appears on the  inside of the paper, but does not make A1 at any point, it would almost  certainly not be a big enough story to make the top list of stories we  will track each week. The weakness of this approach, arguably, is that  it undercounts the full news agenda of national and international news  in that it neglects those stories that were not on Page 1 on certain  days but were on others. While this is less pertinent in the weekly  index, perhaps, at the end of the year, when trying to assess the full  range of what the media covered, the stories that spent time on the  inside of the paper but did not disappear were undercounted.</p>
<p>Part of the reasoning for excluding those  national and international stories that begin inside the front section  of the paper is practical. Coding the interior of the papers to round  out the sample for year end purposes is an enormous amount of work for  relatively minimal gain.</p>
<p>The other argument for forgoing national and  international stories that fail to make Page 1 is more conceptual. We  were measuring what newspapers emphasize, their top agenda. Given the  cost versus the benefit, capturing the front page of more newspapers  seemed the better alternative. In the same regard, we were not coding  every story that might appear on a Web site, an even more daunting task,  and recorded just the top stories.</p>
<p>The other challenge with newspapers that we  did not face with some other media is that we will only include stories  that are national or international. National is defined as a story being  covered by newspapers from different locations, as opposed to a local  story that is only covered in one paper. The only local stories included  in the study are those that are pertain to a larger national issue —  how the war in Iraq is affecting the hometown, for instance, or new job  cuts at the local industries because of the sliding economy.</p>
<p>This resulted in the newspaper sample of about 25 stories a day.</p>
<p><strong> Online News Sites </strong></p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Reach</span></em></p>
<p>About 30 million Internet users go online for news each day.<a><sup>4</sup></a> About 6.8 million people read some blog each day, some of the most popular of which are news-oriented.<a><sup>5</sup></a> Both online news sites and blogs are becoming more important in the  overall news agenda. Any sample of the modern news culture must include  representation of some of the more popular examples of these sectors.</p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Sample</span></em></p>
<p>The online news universe is even more  expansive than radio and has seemingly countless sites that could serve  as news sources. To get an understanding of online news sources, we  chose to include several of the most popular news sites in our universe  as a sample of the overall online news agenda. We also wanted balance in  the type of online news sites, between those that produced their own  content and those who aggregated news from throughout the Web.</p>
<p>To choose the sites we were to include in our  sample, we referred to the list of the top 10 news sites with the most  unique visitors according to the Nielsen/NetRatings from September 2006.  Out of that list, we choose five sites that represented a mix of sites  that either created their own material for their Web site (<a href="http://www.msnbc.com/" target="_blank">MSNBC.com</a>, <a href="http://www.cnn.com/" target="_blank">CNN.com</a>), popular sites that aggregated material from other Web sites (<a href="http://news.google.com/" target="_blank">Google News</a>, <a href="http://news.yahoo.com/" target="_blank">Yahoo News</a>),  and a site such as AOL News, which usually uses material from news wire  services but also creates some unique material at times as well.</p>
<p>The sites that were coded were as follows:</p>
<table border="1" width="273">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="103">Site</td>
<td width="154">Unique Audience (000)<a><sup>6</sup></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Yahoo News</td>
<td>90,162</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>MSNBC.com</td>
<td>26,745</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CNN.com</td>
<td>24,676</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>AOL News</td>
<td>18,646</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Google News</td>
<td>9,425</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Units of Study</span></em></p>
<p>For the online news sites, the study captured  the site once a day from 9 to 10 a.m. Eastern time. For each site  capture, we coded the top five stories, as those are the most prominent  as determined at that point in time by the particular news service. As  is true with our decision about page A1 in newspapers, if a story is not  big enough for the online sites to highlight it in their top five  stories, it is likely not a story that will register on our tally of the  top stories each week.</p>
<p>This resulted in a sample of 25 stories a day.</p>
<p><strong> Radio</strong></p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Reach</span></em></p>
<p>Radio is a diverse medium that reaches the  majority of Americans – 94 percent of Americans 12 years and older  listen to traditional radio each week.<a><sup>7</sup></a> Approximately 16% of radio listeners tune into news, talk and  information radio in an average week, which ranks it as the most popular  of all measured radio formats.<a><sup>8</sup></a> Many more Americans get from news headlines while listening to other formats as well.</p>
<p>The challenge with coding national radio  programs is that much of radio news content is localized, and the number  of shows that reach a national audience is only a fraction of the  overall programming. On the other hand, our content analysis of radio  confirms that news on commercial radio in most cities has been reduced  to headlines from local wires and syndicated network feeds, plus talk,  much of which is nationally syndicated itself. The exception is in a few  major cities where a few all-news commercial radio stations still  survive, such as Washington, D.C., where WTOP is a significant all-news  operation.</p>
<p><em> <span style="text-decoration: underline">Sector Sample</span></em></p>
<p>The Index includes three areas of radio news programming.</p>
<p>1. Public radio: The index includes 30  minutes of a public radio’s broadcast of National Public Radio’s morning  program, Morning Edition, each day. Note: NPR produces two hours of  Morning Edition each day, which also includes multiple news roundups  produced by a different unit of NPR. Member stations may pick any  segments within those two hours and mix and match as fits their  programming interests. Thus, what airs on a member station is considered  a “co-production” of NPR and that member station rather than  programming coming directly from NPR.</p>
<p>2. Talk radio: The index includes some of the  most popular national talk shows that are public affairs or news  oriented. Since the larger portion of the talk radio audience, and talk  radio hosts, are politically conservative, we included more conservative  than liberal hosts.</p>
<p>Each day we coded the first 30 minutes of  Rush Limbaugh’s radio show, which is heard by more listeners than any  other talk show, according to Talkers Magazine (December 2006). We also  rotated each day between the two next most popular conservative shows,  Sean Hannity and Michael Savage. Since the liberal audience for talk  radio is smaller, we only coded one liberal talk show a day, rotating  daily between Ed Schultz and Randi Rhodes, two of the top liberal radio  hosts based on national audiences. The Arbitron ratings, according to  Talkers Magazine online, for spring 2006 are as follows:</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Minimum Weekly Cume (in millions, rounded to the nearest 0.25, based on Spring ’06 Arbitron reports)</span><a><sup>9</sup></a></p>
<p>Rush Limbaugh 13.50</p>
<p>Sean Hannity 12.50</p>
<p>Michael Savage 8.50</p>
<p>Ed Schultz 2.25</p>
<p>Randi Rhodes 1.25</p>
<p>Alan Colmes 1.25</p>
<p>3. Headline feeds: Hourly news feeds from  national radio organizations like CBS and CNN appear on local stations  across the country. These feeds usually last five minutes at the top of  each hour, and are national in that people all over the country get the  same information. They frequently supplement local talk and news shows.</p>
<p>To get a representation of these feeds, we  coded two national feeds, each twice a day (9 a.m. and 5 p.m. Eastern  time). The networks that were included were CBS Radio and ABC Radio. The  stations that were used to capture the CBS Radio headlines, primarily  KKZN in Colorado and WCBS in New York City, each generally carried five  minutes of CBS Radio headlines, while the stations used primarily to  capture the ABC Radio headlines, WMAL in Washington, D.C., and WLS in  Chicago, generally carried two minutes of syndicated news headlines.</p>
<p>The stations that were used to capture each  program were selected based on the availability of a solid feed through  the stations’ Web sites. We also compared their shows to that of other  stations to ensure that the same edition was aired on that station as  with others carrying the same program.</p>
<p>This resulted in the following sample:</p>
<p>News: 30 minutes of NPR’s Morning Edition each day, as broadcast on a selected member station.</p>
<p>Headlines: Four headline segments each day (two from ABC Radio and two from CBS Radio), about 14 minutes.</p>
<p>Talk: The first 30 minutes of three talk  programs each day &#8212; two conservative (Rush Limbaugh and either Sean  Hannity or Michael Savage) and one liberal (Ed Schultz or Randi Rhodes).  About 2.5 hours a day.</p>
<p>Universe of Outlets</p>
<p><strong> Newspapers (Sunday to Friday)</strong></p>
<p>The New York Times every day</p>
<p>Coded two out of these four every day</p>
<p>The Washington Post</p>
<p>The Los Angeles Times</p>
<p>USA Today</p>
<p>The Wall Street Journal</p>
<p>Coded two out of these four every day</p>
<p>The Boston Globe</p>
<p>The ( Minneapolis) Star Tribune</p>
<p>The Austin ( Texas) American-Statesman</p>
<p>The Albuquerque Journal</p>
<p>Coded two out of these four every day</p>
<p>The Sun ( Attleboro, Mass.) Chronicle</p>
<p>The ( Ashtabula, Ohio) Star Beacon</p>
<p>The Chattanooga Times Free Press</p>
<p>The Bakersfield Californian</p>
<p><strong> Web sites (Monday to Friday)</strong></p>
<p>CNN.com</p>
<p>Yahoo News</p>
<p>MSNBC.com</p>
<p>Google News</p>
<p>AOL News</p>
<p><strong> Network TV (Monday to Friday)</strong></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><em>Morning shows </em></span></p>
<p>ABC – Good Morning America</p>
<p>CBS – Early Show</p>
<p>NBC &#8211; Today</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline"><em>Evening news </em></span></p>
<p>ABC – World News Tonight</p>
<p>CBS – CBS Evening News</p>
<p>NBC – NBC Nightly News</p>
<p>PBS – NewsHour with Jim Lehrer</p>
<p><strong>Cable TV (Monday to Friday)</strong></p>
<p><em><span style="text-decoration: underline">Daytime (2 to 2:30 p.m.) – coded two out of three every day </span></em></p>
<p>CNN</p>
<p>Fox News</p>
<p>MSNBC</p>
<p><em><span style="text-decoration: underline">Nighttime CNN – coded three out of the four every day </span></em></p>
<p>Lou Dobbs Tonight</p>
<p>Situation Room (6 p.m.)</p>
<p>Paula Zahn Now/Out in the Open</p>
<p>Anderson Cooper 360</p>
<p><em><span style="text-decoration: underline">Nighttime Fox News – coded three out of the four every day </span></em></p>
<p>Special Report With Brit Hume</p>
<p>Fox Report With Shepard Smith</p>
<p>O’Reilly Factor</p>
<p>Hannity &amp; Colmes</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline">Nighttime MSNBC – coded two out of the four every day </span></p>
<p>Tucker Carlson (6 p.m.)</p>
<p>Hardball (7 p.m.)</p>
<p>Countdown With Keith Olbermann</p>
<p>Scarborough Country/Live With Dan Abrams</p>
<p><strong>Radio (Monday to Friday)</strong></p>
<p><em>News Radio</em></p>
<p>Headlines &#8211; every day</p>
<p>ABC Radio headlines at 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.</p>
<p>CBS Radio headlines at 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.</p>
<p>NPR’s Morning Edition – 5:00-5:30 a.m. as broadcast on an East Coast member station.</p>
<p><em>Talk radio </em></p>
<p>Rush Limbaugh every day</p>
<p>One out of two additional conservatives each day:</p>
<p>Sean Hannity</p>
<p>Michael Savage</p>
<p>One out of two liberals each day:</p>
<p>Ed Schultz</p>
<p>Randi Rhodes</p>
<p>That resulted in 35 outlets each weekday, and seven newspapers were included only on Sundays.</p>
<p>Universe Procurement and Story Inclusion</p>
<p><strong> Newspapers</strong></p>
<p>For each of the seven newspapers included in  our sample, we coded all stories where the beginning of the text of the  story appears on the front page of that day’s hard copy edition. If a  story only had a picture, caption or teaser to text inside the edition,  we did not include that story in our sample. We coded all stories that  appeared on the front page with a national or international focus.  Because we were looking at the coverage of national and international  news, if a story was about an event that was solely local to the paper’s  point of origination, we excluded such a local story from our sample.  The sole exception to this rule was when a story with a local focus was  tied to a story that we determined to be a “Big Story” – defined as one  that has been covered in multiple national news outlets for more than  one news cycle. For example, a story about a local soldier who has come  back from the Iraq War has a local angle but is related to a national  issue and was important in the context of our study.</p>
<p>We coded the entirety of the text of all the  articles we include. If an article included a jump to an inside page in  the hard copy edition, we coded all the text including that which makes  up the jump.</p>
<p>When possible, we subscribed to the hard  copies of the selected newspapers and had them delivered to our  Washington office. This was possible for national papers that have  same-day delivery (the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Wall  Street Journal and USA Today). For these papers, we used the hard copy  edition to determine the placement on the front page of the edition and  to get all the text we coded. One element of the hard-copy stories we  were not able to achieve easily with those editions was the word count  of each article. For that, we used the LexisNexis computer database to  determine the word count for each of the stories coded.</p>
<p>For all of the other papers that we are not  able to get hard copies of within the same day of publication, we took  advantage of Internet resources that have digital copies of the hard  copy editions. Pressdisplay.com and Newsstand.com offer services where  we could subscribe to digital versions of the hard copy and get them the  same day. From these digital versions, we got the text of the relevant  articles and also determined the word counts. To get the word counts, we  copied the text of the articles (not including captions, headlines,  bylines or pull-out quotes) into the Microsoft Word software program and  ran the word count function to get the number. When necessary, we went  to the paper’s Web site in order to find the text of articles that were  not available on either of the two Web services. Through prior  experience and through examination of each individual article, we were  able to determine when the text of the article on the Web site was the  same as it would be on the hard copy of the paper.</p>
<p><strong> Network and Cable Television</strong></p>
<p>For television programs, we coded the first  30 minutes of the broadcast, regardless of how long the program lasts.  As with newspapers, we coded all stories that are news reports that  relate to a national or international issue. Therefore, we did not code  stories that are part of a local insert into a national show. For  example, NBC’s Today Show cuts each half-hour to a local affiliate that  will report local stories and weather. We did not include those local  insert stories.</p>
<p>We also excluded from our sample commercials,  promos and teasers of upcoming stories. We were interested only in the  actual reporting that takes place during the broadcasts.</p>
<p>Any story that fit the above criteria and  began within the first 30 minutes was included in the study, even if the  story finished outside of the 30-minute time period. A three-minute  story that began 28 minutes into a program was be coded in its entirety,  even though the final minute ran after our 30-minute cutoff mark. The  exception to this rule was when a television station showed a speech or  press conference that ran longer than the 30-minute period (often much  longer). In those cases, we cut off the coding at the 30-minute mark in  order to prevent that event from unduly impacting our overall data.</p>
<p>The method of collection of all television  programs was the same. PEJ is a subscriber to the DirectTV satellite  television service and we have nine TiVo recording boxes hooked up to  the DirectTV signals. Through these TiVo boxes, we digitally recorded  each broadcast and then archived the programs onto DVDs. There is  redundancy in our recording method so that each show is recorded on two  machines to prevent an error from causing problems in our capture.</p>
<p>Occasionally outlets deviated from the regularly scheduled news programs. When the deviation was a special program <em>produced by that news outlet (</em>such  as “A Special Look Into Iraq With Wolf Blitzer”), we coded the same  30-minute period that we would have coded otherwise in order to get a  realistic account of what news would be available to the consumer who  tuned in at that time. However, when a show was pre-empted for a special  <em>live </em>event, such as a presidential campaign debate or the  State of the Union address, we did not include that period as part of  our sample.</p>
<p>There were 261 weeknights in our 2007 sample  of the network nightly newscasts. On three nights (January 1, November  23 and November 25), ABC did not air its regular nightly newscast, and  on two nights (November 22 and 23), CBS did not air its regular nightly  newscast. On most occasions, the newscasts were pre-empted by sporting  events.</p>
<p><strong> Radio</strong></p>
<p>The rules for capturing and selecting stories  to code for radio were very similar to television. We coded the first  30 minutes or each show regardless of how long the show lasts. We also  excluded local inserts from local affiliates and continued coding any  story that ran past the 30-minute mark.</p>
<p>For each of the radio shows selected, we  found national feeds of the show that were available on the Web. As with  television, we have two computers capturing each show so as to avoid  errors if one feed was not working. The actual recording is done using a  software program called Replay A/V, which captures the digital feeds  and creates digital copies of the programs onto our computers. We then  archived those programs onto DVDs.</p>
<p><strong> Online</strong></p>
<p>For each of the Web sites we included in our  sample, we captured and coded the top five stories that appeared on the  site at the time of capture. Our captures took place from 9 to 10 a.m.  Eastern time each weekday. The captures physically occurred with a coder  going to each site using an Internet browser and saving the home page  and appropriate article pages to our computers, exactly as they appeared  in our browsers at the time of the capture. We relied on people rather  than a software package to capture sites because some software packages  interfere with the operation of Web sites.</p>
<p>As with newspapers, some stories are longer  than one Web page. In those cases, we included the entire text of the  article for as many Web pages that the article lasted.</p>
<p>Because each Web site is formatted  differently, we came up with a standard set of rules to determine which  stories were the most prominent on a given home page. We spent a  significant amount of time examining various popular news sites and  discovered patterns that led us to the best possible rules. We ignored  all advertisements, audio/visual features, or extra features on the  sites that were not news reported stories. We were interested only in  the main channels of the Web sites where the lead stories of the day  were displayed. We determined the top “lead” story. That was the story  with the largest font size for its headline on the home page. The second  most prominent story was the story that had a picture associated with  it, if that story was different than the story with the largest  headline. By considering many sites, we realized that a number of sites  put pictures with stories they find particularly interesting but are  clearly not intended to be the most important story of the day. We  wanted those stories to be in our sample, however, because the reader’s  eye is often drawn to them.</p>
<p>Having figured out the first and second most  prominent stories, we then relied on two factors to determine the third.  We considered the size of the headline text and then the height on the  home page. Therefore, for determining the third most prominent story, we  looked for the story with the largest headline font after the top two  most prominent stories. If there are several stories with identical font  sizes, we determined that the story that is higher up on the page is  more prominent. In cases where two articles had the same font size <em>and</em> the same height on the screen, we chose the article to the left to be the more prominent.</p>
<p>Coding Procedures and Intercoder Reliability</p>
<p>A coding protocol was designed for this  project based on PEJ’s previous related studies. Eighteen variables were  coded, including coder ID, date coded, story ID number (these three  were generated from the coding software automatically), story date,  source, broadcast start time, broadcast story start timecode, headline,  story word count, placement/prominence, story format, story describer,  big story, sub-storyline, geography focus, broad story topic, broadcast  story ending timecode and campaign mention.</p>
<p>Variable source includes all the outlets we  coded. Variable broadcast start time applies to radio and TV broadcast  news and gives the starting time of the program in which the story  appears. Broadcast story start timecode is the amount of time a story  appears after the start of the show, while broadcast story ending  timecode is the amount of time a story appears when the show ends.  Variable headline determines whether the story is part of a regular news  roundup segment. Variable story word count designates the word count of  each individual print/online news story. Variable placement/prominence  designates where stories are placed within a publication, on a Web site,  or within a broadcast. The location reflects the prominence given the  stories by the journalists creating and editing the content. Story  format measures the type and origin of the text-based and broadcast  stories, which designates, at a basic level, whether the news story is a  product of original reporting or drawn from another news source. Story  describer is a short description of the content of each story. Big  stories are particular topics that occurred often in news media during  the period under study. Sub-storyline applies to stories that fit into  some of the long-running big stories or other common storyline,  reflecting aspects, features or development of some big stories.  Variable geographic focus concerns the geographic area to which the  topic is relevant in relation to the location of the news source.  Variable broad story topic determines the type of broad topic categories  addressed by a story. Variable campaign mention determines whether the  story has any mention at all of a U.S. campaign or election.</p>
<p>The team responsible for performing the  content analysis was made up of 13 coders, a coding administrator and a  senior research methodologist. Five of coders have been trained  extensively since the summer of 2006.</p>
<p>Two major tests of intercoder reliability  were conducted over the past year in order to ensure accuracy among all  the coders. The first test was conducted just prior to the launch of the  weekly News Coverage Index reports beginning in January 2007.</p>
<p>For the first test, two random datasets were  combined for running intercoder reliability statistics. In total, 126  stories from 16 outlets within various media categories (newspapers,  online, television, radio) were randomly selected to assess the  reliability, resulting in roughly 9% of one week’s total story count  (one week’s total story count ranges from 1,200 to 1,400). Over all, 22  stories were coded by seven coders (17%), 66 stories were coded by six  coders (52%), and 38 stories were coded by five coders (30%).</p>
<p>For the more difficult or subjective  variables, including story format and broad story topic, we conducted  furthering testing. Ninety stories from 10 outlets within various media  sectors were randomly selected for reliability assessment for these  variables as well as for a newly added variable campaign mention. Most  of the coders coded all of these stories. Data shows that the percent of  agreement for all the variables in the index were above 80.</p>
<p>A second test of intercoder reliability was  conducted in April and May of 2007. For this test of intercoder  reliability, we divided the variables into two groups and tested those  variables separately as to ensure the accuracy for each variable.</p>
<p>Housekeeping Variables</p>
<p>The first group of variables we tested for  was called housekeeping variables. These are variables that are  necessary for each story, but often involve little to no subjectivity  from the coder. For this test, we selected a random sample of 151  stories from each of the five media sectors we covered. Each story was  coded by two coders.  This represented more than 10% of the number of  stories we code in a given week.</p>
<p>Of those stories, 32 were print stories  (newspaper and online) and 119 were broadcast stories (television and  radio). For our housekeeping variables, we achieved the following levels  of agreement:</p>
<p>Print (32 cases)<br />
Story Date: 100%<br />
Source: 100%<br />
Story word count (+- 20 words): 90%<br />
Placement: 94%</p>
<p>Broadcast (119 cases)<br />
Story Date: 100%<br />
Source: 100%<br />
Broadcast start time: 100%<br />
Headline: 100%<br />
Story start time (+- 6 seconds): 91%<br />
Placement: 93%<br />
Story end time (+- 6 seconds): 92%</p>
<p>Main Variables</p>
<p>The second group of variables we tested are  referred to as the main variables, and are variables that take more  training to utilize and comprehend. Having already demonstrated that we  had a high level of agreement for all of our housekeeping variables, we  then had the coders participate in an additional test to determine the  level of agreement for these main variables.</p>
<p>We randomly selected 116 stories from both  print and broadcast mediums, which represented about 8% of the stories  we code in a typical week.  The level of agreement for each of our key  variables was as follows:</p>
<p>Format: 89%<br />
Big Story: 91%<br />
Sub-storyline: 87%<br />
Geographic Focus: 91%<br />
Topic: 85%</p>
<p>All the percentages of agreement for the  above variables were calculated using a software program available  online called PRAM (See “The Content Analysis Guidebook,” by Kimberly A.  Neuendorf, Sage Publications, 2002.).</p>
<p>Throughout 2007, as new coders were hired and  included in the coding process, they were given extensive training from  both the coding administrator and from other experienced coders. New  coders were not allowed to participate in the weekly coding for the News  Coverage Index until they had demonstrated a level of agreement with  experienced coders for all variables at an 80% level or higher.</p>
<p>Each coder worked between 20 and 37.5 hours a  week in our Washington and was trained to work on all the mediums  included in the sample. The schedule for each coder varied, but since  all of the material included in the index is archived, the actual coding  can be performed at any point during the week.</p>
<p>To achieve diversity in the coding and  statistics, generally no one coder coded more than 50% of a particular  sector within one week. And each coder coded at least three mediums each  week. In the case of difficult coding decisions about a particular  story, the final decision was made by either the coding administrator or  a senior member of the PEJ staff.</p>
<p>The physical coding data was entered by the  coders into a proprietary software program that has been written for  this project by PEJ Phase II Technologies. The software allows coders to  enter the data using the appropriate conditions for each variable, and  also allows coders to review their work and correct mistakes when  needed. The same software package compiles all of the coding data each  week and allows us to perform the necessary statistical tests.</p>
<p>Total Media Combined: Creation and Weighting</p>
<p>The basis of measurement for top stories is  time in broadcast and cable and words in text-based media. Thus for  cable news, for example, we refer to the percent of total seconds that a  certain story received. In other words, of all the seconds analyzed in  cable news this week, ground events in Iraq accounted for xx% (or xx  seconds out of a total of xxx). The industry term for this is “newshole”  — the space given to news content.</p>
<p>The main index considers broadcast and print  together, identifying the top stories across all media. To do this,  words and seconds are merged together to become total newshole. After  considering the various options for merging the two, the most  straightforward and sensible method was to first generate the percent of  newshole for each specific medium. This way all media are represented  in the same measurement — percent.</p>
<p>Next, we needed to create a method for  merging the various percentages. There were several options. We could  have run a simple average of all five. We could have averaged all print  and all broadcast and then average those two? Or should we apply some  kind of weight based on apparent audience?</p>
<p>Because each medium measures its audience  differently (ratings per month in television, daily circulation in  newspapers, unique visitors in online), it is nearly impossible to  create a reliable system based on audience figures. Nonetheless, several  of our advisers thought some kind of weight should be applied. Various  options were considered, including a combination of different metrics,  such as actual data alongside supplemental survey data. One consistent  measure is that of public opinion surveys. The same question is posed  about multiple media. Two such questions are asked regularly by the Pew  Research Center for the People &amp; the Press. One asks about “regular  usage” and the other asks where people go for “national and  international news.”</p>
<p>Before arriving at a method, we tested multiple models:</p>
<p>Model 1: Compile percentages for big stories  for each of the five media sectors (newspapers, online sites, network  television, cable television and radio), and then average those five  lists into one final list.</p>
<p>Model 2: Divide the media sectors into two  groups, text-based media (newspapers, online sites) and broadcast  (network television, cable television, and radio). Average the lists of  percentages between the two groups to get one final list.</p>
<p>Model 3: Compile percentages for big stories  for each of the five media sectors, and then add the weighted five lists  together into one final list. The weights given to each media sector  were calculated by averaging three most recent survey data in terms of  where people get news about national and international issues, collected  by the Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press (August 2006,  November 2005 and June 2005). First, we take the average response for  each media across the three time periods. Next, we rebalance the average  percents to match the five media sectors in the index — newspapers,  Internet, network television, cable television and radio — to equal  100%. In this calculation, the weight for newspapers is 0.28, for  Internet 0.16, for network television 0.18, for cable television 0.26,  and for radio 0.12.</p>
<p>Model 4: Compile percentages for big stories  for each of the five media sectors, and then add the weighted five lists  together into one final list. The weights assigned to each media sector  were generated based on the regularly media usage survey data,  collected by the Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press in  its Biennial Media Consumption Survey 2006. In this, the weight for  newspaper is 0.307, for Internet 0.218, for network television 0.165,  cable television is 0.201 and radio 0.109.</p>
<p>By testing two trial weeks’ data, we found  that the lists of top five stories were exactly the same (top stories’  names and their ranks) using all four of these models, although some  percentages varied. In the end, the academic and survey analysts on our  team felt the best option was Model 3. It has the virtue of tracking the  media use for national and international news, which is what the index  studies.</p>
<p><strong><a id="spanish" name="spanish"></a>Spanish-Language Coverage of the Immigration Bill: Methodology </strong></p>
<p>Sample</p>
<p>PEJ studied the period June 25-29, 2007. In  print we studied the front-sections of three Hispanic papers — La  Opinión, El Nuevo Herald and El Diario-La Prensa – and three  English-language papers — the Washington Post, the New York Times and  the Los Angeles Times. In broadcast we studied the three  English-language commercial television network evening newscasts and the  PBS NewsHour and two Spanish-language evening newscasts, on Telemundo  and Univision.</p>
<p>During this period all stories that were at least 50% about the issue of immigration were captured for analysis.</p>
<p>Story Capture</p>
<p>Five of the six papers — La Opinión, El Nuevo  Herald, the Washington Post, the New York Times and the Los Angeles  Times — were collected by conducting a simple LexisNexis search, which  allowed us to determine the word counts and placement of each story.  Since El Diario-La Prensa was unavailable on LexisNexis, hard copies of  the papers were obtained from the New York Public Library archives and  all relevant articles were obtained. PEJ collected and studied all  stories on the immigration bill appearing in the front section of each  paper. The papers were selected based on circulation and geographic  relevance to show the differences between different Hispanic markets,  since Hispanic newspapers do not circulate nationally.</p>
<p>The broadcast stories were obtained from  National Aircheck, a broadcast media monitoring firm. English broadcast  stories were collected from PEJ’s news index archives, which contains  daily network broadcast news programs. PEJ’s normal practice is to code  only the first 30 minutes of a news broadcast if the program airs for  over one hour, but in the case of all broadcast sources in English and  Spanish, save for PBS NewsHour, all programs air for thirty minutes. In  the case of PBS, PEJ coded only the first half hour.</p>
<p>Coding Design</p>
<p>Once the stories were collected, PEJ used the  content analysis method employing original software designed to  organize the stories according to specific variables. We selected  several different variables that would allow us to measure each article  quantitatively and qualitatively. For this project, the English-language  stories had already been coded and identified in the<a href="http://www.journalism.org/news_index" target="_blank"> <strong>News Index</strong></a> as being on the discussion of the immigration legislation, and PEJ went  back in the database and isolated those stories and combined them with  the Spanish-language stories in the database. The stories were  categorized by:</p>
<ul>
<li>program or publication</li>
<li>date</li>
<li>word count</li>
<li>format</li>
<li>story describer</li>
<li>three main sources</li>
</ul>
<p>The story describer serves the purpose of  allowing us to quickly identify a story based on content and gives a  brief description of the material covered in the article. The three main  sources variable specifies where the reporters obtained their  information from when they relied on an outside source. Quotes from  politicians or activists, statistics from organizations and interviews  with citizens all are considered sources.</p>
<p>The qualitative aspect of the project focused  on examining the articles for tone, language use and any other  similarities or differences found in both print and broadcast. The  stories were compared to one another in their respective languages and  mediums and were then compared in English and Spanish to draw  comparisons.</p>
<p>All stories were coded in their original language.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/methodology/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>About The Study &#8211; Intro</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 21:10:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Bailey</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[About the Study The State of the News Media report was written by the Project for Excellence in Journalism, with the aid of many collaborators. Funding was provided by the Pew Charitable Trusts. Click here for information about printing pages from the report. Methodology Details on how we put together study together, including background on [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>About the Study</h1>
<p>The State of the News Media report was written by the <a href="http://www.journalism.org/" target="_blank">Project                    for Excellence in Journalism</a>, with the aid of many <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-authors-and-collaborators/">collaborators.</a> Funding was provided by the Pew Charitable Trusts.</p>
<p>Click <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/printingthereport.php">here</a> for information                    about printing pages from the report.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-methodology/"><strong>Methodology</strong></a><br />
Details on how we put together study together, including background                    on the content analysis sections.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-authors-and-collaborators/"><strong>Authors and Collaborators</strong></a><br />
A list of people who worked on the report.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-about-the-study-intro/2008-source-bibliography/"><strong>Source Bibliography </strong></a><br />
An alphabetical listing of all the sources referenced in the                    report, including Web addresses.</p>
<p><strong><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/contact.php">Contact Us</a></strong><br />
How to reach the Project for Excellence in Journalism.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/permissions.php"><strong>Permissions</strong></a><br />
Details on using information found in the report.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/privacy.php"><strong>Privacy Policy</strong></a><br />
Information about your privacy. We do not collect any user                    information.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/sitemap.php"><strong>Site Map</strong></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/about-the-study-intro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>The Changing Newspaper Newsroom</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/the-changing-newspaper-newsroom/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/the-changing-newspaper-newsroom/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 20:56:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Richard Wike</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Changing Newspaper Newsroom INTRODUCTION Meet the American daily newspaper of 2008. It has fewer pages than three years ago, the paper stock is thinner, and the stories are shorter. There is less foreign and national news, less space devoted to science, the arts, features and a range of specialized subjects. Business coverage is either [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>The Changing Newspaper Newsroom</h1>
<p><strong>INTRODUCTION</strong></p>
<p>Meet the American daily newspaper  of 2008.</p>
<p>It has fewer pages than three years  ago, the  paper stock is thinner, and the stories are shorter. There is less  foreign  and national news, less space devoted to science, the arts,  features and a  range of specialized subjects. Business coverage is  either packaged in an  increasingly thin stand-alone section or  collapsed into another part of the paper.  The crossword puzzle has  shrunk, the TV listings and stock tables may have  disappeared, but  coverage of some local issues has strengthened and  investigative  reporting remains highly valued.</p>
<p>The newsroom staff producing the paper  is  also smaller, younger, more tech-savvy, and more oriented to serving the   demands of both print and the web. The staff a<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/1-Changing-focus-of-news.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1639" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/1-Changing-focus-of-news.gif" alt="" width="277" height="223" /></a>lso  is under greater pressure, has  less institutional memory, less  knowledge of the community, of how to gather  news and the history of  individual beats. There are fewer editors to catch  mistakes.</p>
<p>Despite an image of decline, more  people  today in more places read the content produced in the newsrooms of   American daily newspapers than at any time in years. But revenues are  tumbling.  The editors expect the financial picture only to worsen, and  they have little  confidence that they know what their papers will look  like in five years.</p>
<p>This description is a composite. It  is based  on face-to-face interviews conducted at newspapers across the country  and  the results of a detailed survey of senior newsroom executives. In  total, more  than 250 newspapers participated. It is, we believe, the  most systematic effort  yet to examine the changing nature of the  resources in American newspaper  newsrooms at a critical time. It is an  attempt to document and quantify  cutbacks and innovations that have  generally been known only anecdotally.</p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: small"> </span>The study, by journalist Tyler   Marshall and the Pew   Research Center’s  Project for Excellence in  Journalism, captures an industry in the grips of two  powerful, but  contradictory, forces. On one hand, financial pressures sap its   strength and threaten its very survival. On the other, the rise of the  web  boosts its competitiveness, opens up innovative new forms of  journalism, builds  new bridges to readers and offers enormous potential  for the future. Many  editors believe the industry’s future is  effectively a race between these two forces.  Their challenge is to find  a way to monetize the rapid growth of web readership  before newsroom  staff cuts so weaken newspapers that their competitive  advantage  disappears. In recent weeks—after this survey was completed—a new  round  of newsroom cutbacks, made against a backdrop of steadily deteriorating   advertising revenues and rising production costs, intensifies the  difficulty of  the challenge.</p>
<p>This report is an attempt to  document where  newspapers are in that race. As editors cut back on coverage and  staff,  while at the same time building up their capacity online and in  multi-media,  what is being gained and what is being lost?   What  coverage is disappearing and what beats are considered  sacrosanct?   What new expertise has come  into the newsroom, and what knowledge has  been lost? In short, where is the  industry headed?</p>
<p>The Key Findings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The majority of newspapers are now  suffering  cutbacks in staffing, and even more in the amount of news, or  newshole, they  offer the public. The forces buffeting the industry  continue to affect larger  metro newspapers to a far greater extent than  smaller ones. In some cases,  these differences are so stark it seems  that larger and smaller newspapers are  living two distinctly different  experiences. Fully 85% of the dailies surveyed  with circulations over  100,000 have cut newsroom staff in the last three years,  while only 52%  of smaller papers reported cuts. Recent announcements of a  further  round of newsroom staff reductions at large papers, including the Los   Angeles Times, the Chicago Tribune and the Washington Post, indicates  these  differences may be widening further. Our survey found that more  than half of  the editors at larger papers and a third at smaller ones  expect more cutbacks  in the next year. But a weaker-than-expected  economic performance during the  first half of 2008 and grimmer  forecasts for the rest of the year suggest some  of those cutbacks have  already been implemented and darken these projections  even further.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Papers both large and small have reduced  the  space, resources and commitment devoted to a range of topics. At  the top of  that list, nearly two thirds of papers surveyed have cut  back on foreign news,  over half have trimmed national news and more  than a third have reduced business  coverage. In effect, America’s   newspapers are narrowing their reach and their ambitions and becoming  niche  reads.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>The culture of the daily newspaper  newsroom is  also changing. New job demands are drawing a generation of  young, versatile,  tech-savvy, high-energy staff as financial pressures  drive out higher-salaried  veteran reporters and editors. Newsroom  executives say the infusion of new  blood has brought with it a new  competitive energy, but they also cite the  departure of veteran  journalists, along with the talent, wisdom and  institutional memory  they hold as their single greatest loss. Clearly stretched  to describe  what is unfolding in their newsrooms, editors use words like,  “exciting,”  “extraordinary,” “nerve-wracking” and “tumultuous.”</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Newspaper websites are increasingly a  source of  hope but also of fear. Editors feel torn between the  advantages the web offers and  the energy it consumes to produce  material often of limited or even  questionable value. A plurality of  editors (48%), for instance, say they are conflicted  by the trade-offs  between the speed, depth and interactivity of the web and  what those  benefits are costing in terms of accuracy and journalistic standards.   Yet a similar plurality (43%) thinks “web technology offers the  potential for  greater-than-ever journalism and will be the savior of  what we once thought of  as newspaper newsrooms.”</li>
</ul>
<p>Amid these concerns—and despite the  enormous  cutbacks and profound worries—editors still sense that their product   is improving, not worsening. Fully 56% think their news product is  better than  it was three years earlier.</p>
<p>“I believe the journalism itself is   discernibly better than it was a year ago,” said the editor of a large  metropolitan  daily, whose paper last year lost 70 newsroom employees.  “There’s an  improvement in enterprise, in investigations and in the  coverage of several  core beats.”</p>
<p>How such upbeat assessments stand  up in the  face of new staff cuts and more pessimistic economic projections is   unclear. Several editors lamented the attendant loss of time to organize  a  thoughtful attack on a story, to think through precisely why a story  is being  done or how to make the story more meaningful. “There is a  huge pressure to  rush to publish,” one editor added in a comment on the  survey.</p>
<p>Overall, newsroom executives say  they feel  broadly unprepared for the changes sweeping over them and seem   uncertain where the changes would lead. Only 5% of those responding to  the  survey said they were very confident of their ability to predict  what their  newsrooms would look like five years from now.</p>
<p>“I feel I’m being catapulted into  another  world, a world I don’t really understand,” said Virginian-Pilot Editor   Denis Finley. “It’s scary because things are happening at the speed of  light.  The sheer speed (of change) has outstripped our ability to  understand it  all.”</p>
<p>These are some of the findings of  the study,  which is based on interviews at newspapers in 15 different cities  from  four distinct regions of the country and a survey of senior news   executives from 259 newspapers. That sample of newspaper executives  includes  more than half of all newspapers over 100,000 in circulation,  and roughly  one-third of those with circulations between  50,000-100,000. In total, more  than one in every five of the nation’s  1,217 daily newspapers participated,  making it one of the broadest  surveys of its kind in recent years.  The survey was executed online  with the help  of Princeton Survey Research Associates during the first  quarter of 2008.</p>
<p>In this report we divide the analysis into six main areas:</p>
<blockquote><p>I. Cutbacks, which examines the depth of staff  reductions and how larger and smaller newspapers have been affected;</p>
<p>II. Changing Content, which looks at what topics  are losing space and resources, which are growing and which are holding steady;</p>
<p>III. The Changing Newsroom, which charts the  transformation of newsroom skills, demands and culture;</p>
<p>IV. The  Influence of the Web, which studies the  enormous impact newspaper  websites are having on newsrooms and on daily  newspaper journalism;</p>
<p>V.  Citizen In the Newsroom, which explores the  growing influence and  impact of journalism produced by non-professional  journalists; and</p>
<p>IV. The Future,  which weighs the implications of  smaller newsrooms, greater  innovation, more financial pressures and the  struggle to monetize the  web.</p></blockquote>
<p><strong><a id="Cutbacks" name="Cutbacks"></a>I. STAFF CUTBACKS </strong></p>
<p>There is a little doubt that  American newspapers are cutting back.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/2-cutbacks-in-staffing.gif"><img class="size-full wp-image-1640 alignleft" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/2-cutbacks-in-staffing.gif" alt="" width="247" height="244" /></a> Well over half (59%) of the 259  newspapers participating in the survey  have reduced full-time newsroom staff  over the past three years,  mainly because of financial pressures. Roughly the  same number (61%)  also reported a decrease in their overall newshole—the  physical space  in the paper available for stories.</p>
<p>The hammer has hit newspapers with   circulations of over 100,000 significantly harder than those with  smaller  circulations. Fully 85% of these larger papers have reduced  newsroom staff in  the past three years, compared with 52% at the  smaller papers.  The cuts made by larger papers have also been   marginally deeper than those carried out by their smaller counterparts  and newshole  shrinkage has been more dramatic.<strong></strong></p>
<p>At the same time, fewer large  newspapers  (7%) have added staff than their smaller cousins (16%) and when they   have added, the additions have been smaller. Editors at larger papers  also  envision a gloomier future. Over half (56%) the newsroom  executives responding  from larger papers said they anticipated further  newsroom cuts over the next 12  months compared to just 30% of editors  from smaller papers.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/4-staff-cuts-big.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1642" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/4-staff-cuts-big.gif" alt="" width="256" height="247" /></a><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/3-staff-cuts-small.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1641" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/3-staff-cuts-small.gif" alt="" width="273" height="247" /></a></p>
<p>More broadly, the study suggests  two very  different experiences, with smaller newspapers apparently better   anchored into their communities and with more deeply involved  readerships,  enjoying greater stability.</p>
<p><strong><a id="ChangingContent" name="ChangingContent"></a>II. CHANGING CONTENT</strong></p>
<p><strong>What Topics Are  Losing Space and Resources</strong></p>
<p>If the papers are smaller in the  number of  pages and the staffs producing them are shrinking as well, what is   being lost and what is being gained? The survey and the in-depth  interviews  suggest that more is disappearing than is being added.</p>
<p>The survey used three different  measures to  probe the question. It asked about space devoted to a range of  topics.  It asked about the amount of reporting resources assigned to cover each   topic. And it asked how essential editors thought each topic was to  their  paper’s identity.</p>
<p>By all three measures, <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/5-topics-space.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1643" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/5-topics-space.gif" alt="" width="384" height="207" /></a>international   news is rapidly losing ground at rates greater than any other topic  area. Roughly  two-thirds (64%) of newsroom executives said the space  devoted to foreign news  in their newspaper had dropped over the past  three years<strong>.</strong> Nearly half (46%) say they have reduced  the resources devoted to covering  the topic–also the highest percentage  recording a drop. Only 10% said they  considered foreign coverage “very  essential.”</p>
<p>This decline in foreign news occurs  as U.S.  armed forces confront  stubborn insurgencies in Iraq  and Afghanistan,   the Administration talks of a global war on terrorism and international  trade  increasingly impacts the everyday lives of Americans.</p>
<p>Surprisingly, there has been an  almost  identical level of decline in international news among smaller   newspapers and the country’s larger metropolitan dailies, many of which   historically have valued foreign correspondence highly enough to  underwrite <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/6-less-resources.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1644" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/6-less-resources.gif" alt="" width="392" height="255" /></a>their   own foreign reporting staffs. Among the larger papers, 65% say they  have cut  space, and 46% say they have decreased reporting resources to  it—virtually no  different from their smaller counterparts.  And barely a  quarter (26%) of editors from  these larger papers still considered  foreign news as “very essential,” compared  to just 6% of their  colleagues from smaller dailies. Several papers, including  the Boston  Globe, Philadelphia Inquirer, Baltimore  Sun, and Newsday—all with proud  traditions of foreign correspondence—have  closed their last overseas  bureaus in the past three years and now rely mainly  on the shrinking  number of other outlets for their international news.</p>
<p>This doesn’t mean these larger  papers have  entirely abandoned original reporting from abroad. For example, the   Philadelphia Inquirer (circulation: 334,000) closed the last of its  foreign  bureaus in November, 2006, yet it still maintains money in its  editorial budget  for staff foreign travel. Inquirer Editor Bill Marimow  said this money is  tapped when editors conclude a staff reporter can  add significant value to a  story.</p>
<p>The fall from favor of national  news was  similar, albeit slightly less pronounced. Well over half (57%) of   newsroom executives said they had reduced the space devoted to national  news  during the past three years. Four out of ten (41%) said they had  cut reporting  power devoted to national government/politics<strong> </strong>and only 18% of editors considered national news “very essential.”<strong> </strong>This decline came despite one of the  most compelling presidential primary races in decades.</p>
<p>Several editors also noted that the national  and foreign news that does  make it into their papers, is often  displayed less prominently. Stories in  these categories that were once  considered worthy of front page display now  frequently appear inside  the paper.</p>
<p>&#8220;Maybe there was a spot on the front page  that everyone considered was the foreign or national story of the day,  but that&#8217;s changed,&#8221; said Sharon Rosenhause, managing editor of the Ft.  Lauderdate Sun-Sentinel (circulation: 218,000). &#8220;That story is still in  the paper, but it&#8217;s just inside. To make the front page, it has to be a  significant development or a story that we can see through Florida eyes  or some kind of Florida prism&#8221;</p>
<p>This decline in national news  coverage  appears to be part of a larger trend in which America’s  dailies have  begun reducing routine staff coverage of events outside their  immediate  circulation area. The editor of a large metro daily said he still  sent  his paper’s movie critic to cover out-of-town film festivals, but now   limited the assignment to only a few days instead of the full event.</p>
<p>“We still have the coverage,” this  editor said. “But instead of the full ten days, we’ll go for five.”</p>
<p>Other events that once rated staff  coverage are now left to wires.</p>
<p>“There was a time we’d cover big  national  stories, but we rarely do that anymore,” said this same editor. “In   sports, for example, we’ll go to fewer big, out-of-area college  basketball,  football or auto racing events or games that don’t involve a  local team. We  take all the major wires, so that’s what we use.”</p>
<p>When editors feel national stories do require  staff coverage, many now say they try to find a way to do something  entirely unique-to make it part of their distinct franchise. The St.  Petersbur Times (circulation 316,000), for example, decided against  putting its Washington bureau chief and some members of its political  team on the presidential campaign trail, but instead assigned them to an  exclusive feature called &#8220;PolitiFact,&#8221; which effectively runs truth  tests on the statements of candidates. The feature, replete with  detailed explanations and a &#8220;Truth-O-Meter,&#8221; rates a comment as true,  mostly true, mostly false, false or-if egregiously false- a &#8220;pants on  fire.&#8221;</p>
<p>Space and resources devoted to the  coverage  of science, business, the arts, and lifestyles have also fallen over the   past three years.</p>
<p>Newsroom executives who say they  have  eliminated jobs that cover specialized beats, such as film or music   critics, book reviewers, columnists, national or foreign correspondents,  said  they had in many cases replaced newsroom-written contributions  with syndicated  or news agency content—content they get at a fraction  of the cost of producing  it with staff.</p>
<p>Such tactics have probably stemmed  the loss  of coverage, but they do carry other costs. Editors say such staff   losses reduce their ability to shape coverage to fit the community’s  specific  interests or needs. For example, offering special treatment to  an election in a  far-off country that has a large immigrant population  locally is no longer in  the hands of the paper’s senior editors.  Instead, those editors are reliant on  agency offerings over which they  have far less control. The decline of  prestigious newsroom jobs also  affects recruitment of new talent, the brightest  of which are drawn to  newspapers with a broad range of challenging jobs.</p>
<p>At another level, this shrinkage of   specialized beats reduces the marketplace of ideas and interpretations  as more  newspapers decide to cut plum (and thus, expensive) jobs  because they can “buy  the content elsewhere.”  Such a process   concentrates the power and the responsibility that goes with reporting  these  areas into the hands of those organizations that still provide  such  coverage.  One executive editor remarked  how, after being forced  to lay off the paper’s art critic, the choice of a  further staff cut  then focused on either the resident film or music critic.</p>
<p>“I hated to make that cut,” the  editor said.  “I read all these things about how cutting film critics is a good   choice because you can get film criticism from other places, but those  are the  same arguments you hear about foreign coverage, national  coverage or state government  coverage. Eventually, you wake up one day  and find there <em>is</em> no somewhere else because everyone has done the same thing  you’ve done. It’s very troubling.”</p>
<p>Science  reporting is one such example.  Research conducted by Cristine Russell of the Shorenstein Center on  the  state of science journalism estimates that of the 95 newspapers that   published special science sections in the 1980s, only about 35 still do  so  today. If editor enthusiasm is any measure, a reversal of this trend  seems  unlikely. Only 10% of editors responding to the PEJ survey said  they considered  science and technology reporting “very essential” to  the quality of their news  product.</p>
<p>In making these cuts, editors also don’t  necessarily eliminate subject matter altogether. Instead, they tend to dilute  it.</p>
<p>Reporters who once concentrated on  one beat  or specialty now frequently have two or three. Newspapers, for  example,  that had one reporter assigned to cover local courts might now also   assign the same reporter to cover city hall or education after laying  off those  who covered those beats. In interviews, editors of newspapers  that had  undergone significant newsroom cuts repeatedly found  themselves hard-pressed to  name beats that had been abandoned  completely. But they agreed the coverage had  become thinner and,  because of that, its quality had diminished.</p>
<p>Stories are not the only things  being  downsized to accommodate a smaller newshole. Editors said they are   reducing the size of the daily crossword, eliminating stock tables and  other tabular  material, or scrapping the daily television listings  (while keeping the Sunday  TV supplement that contains the week’s  listings). Yet editors told us these  sorts of cuts have frequently been  met with intense reader protest, even though  the material remains  available online. Conversely, more draconian measures,  such as cutting  foreign news, eliminating or merging features sections, laying  off the  staff science writer or downsizing the editorial pages have produced   comparatively modest reader reaction.</p>
<p>Said Diane McFarlin, publisher of  the  Herald-Tribune Media Group in Sarasota, Florida (Herald Tribune   circulation:114,904), “I’ve gotten no letters from people saying, I  don’t think  you’re covering as much local news or not doing enough  investigative pieces.  What I get is hate mail about taking the TV  listings, cutting the size of the  crossword or moving the comics  around. That’s what enrages people.”</p>
<p>But she also cautioned, “The  industry may  think it’s getting away with eroding local news coverage because  it’s  an incremental loss and readers don’t react as vociferously and   immediately as they do to the loss of daily standards like TV listings  and  comics.”</p>
<p><strong>What Topics Are  Growing </strong></p>
<p>As editors struggle to manage loss,  they are  also searching for the “franchise” elements of coverage that give   people a reason to still read <em>their</em> paper. What is the  essential niche? To many editors, the key task is identifying  what  issues matter most to readers and improving coverage of them—both in  print  and online—as they trim elsewhere.</p>
<p>The reporting and survey data  suggest that  this search is leading daily newspapers to focus their diminishing   resources closer to home. A whopping 97% of editors rated local news  “very  essential” to their news product—by far the highest percentage of  any news  category. Even America’s  largest newspapers—those with the  greatest reach—gave their highest “very  essential” rating (94%) to  local news.<strong> </strong>However,  larger and smaller papers  diverged sharply on the importance of closer in, even  more local,  neighborhood, or so-called “hyper-local” news. By nearly a 2-1  margin  (83% to 48%), editors from smaller papers placed greater value on  neighborhood  news than their counterparts from larger papers.</p>
<p>Editors’ responses also indicated  that  community news is the biggest overall gainer in space. At a time of   shrinking newshole, nearly two-thirds (62%) of those responding to the  survey  said they had increased the amount of space devoted to community  and <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/7-more-space.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1645" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/7-more-space.gif" alt="" width="275" height="249" /></a>neighborhood news. Among smaller papers, this number was even higher at 67%.<strong> </strong></p>
<p>In each of seven specific topic  areas where  editors said they had added reporting power over the past three  years  there was a strong local news component: local government and politics,   education, the environment, police, sports, obituary writing and  investigative  reporting. Education was the biggest gainer, with 36% of  newsroom executives  saying that had added reporting power in this area  Lisa Walker, executive  director of the Education Writers Association in  Washington, DC, described  today’s daily newspaper education beats as  increasingly “very local”, with less  emphasis on broader context and  less coverage of national trends than was once  the case.</p>
<p>Staffing for coverage of sports,  local government and politics, p<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/8-more-resources.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1646" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/8-more-resources.gif" alt="" width="373" height="302" /></a>olice  and investigative reporting, all grew in  30% of the newsrooms  surveyed.  Although  not specifically measured in the survey, anecdotal  evidence suggests that at  least some of these gains have been driven by  pressure to provide web content  during the course of the day. Some of  this content is often then “reversed  published” back into the  newspaper.</p>
<p>The focus on local news is also  driving  changes in zoned editions, those sections of the papers focused on   specific communities or areas. Editions catering to the outer fringes of  a  paper’s circulation area are being closed as new ones are launched  with content  targeted for communities and <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/9-zoned-editions.gif"><img class="size-full wp-image-1647 alignright" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/9-zoned-editions.gif" alt="" width="247" height="122" /></a>neighborhoods  within the core circulation area. Nearly  four in ten editors surveyed  (37%) said they had increased the number of zoned  or targeted  neighborhood editions they produce, while 25% had reduced them. And  the  push toward local sections is even higher for smaller circulation  papers  (44% are increasing, versus 20% reducing them).</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/10-essential-topics.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1648" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/10-essential-topics.gif" alt="" width="540" height="272" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Investigative Teams—and  Their Stories—Survive </strong></p>
<p>One area that most editors insist they  will  not cut back on is investigative or watchdog work. Those who manage  papers  both small and large seem to believe this is an essential part  of a paper’s  role, and one that fits with whatever their future  business model will be.</p>
<p>In face-to-face interviews, editors  from  both larger and smaller papers invariably stressed their belief that   strong investigative, explanatory, reporting remained at the core of  daily  newspaper journalism. This collective opinion was reinforced by  the survey  results, where 91% of all newsroom executives said they  considered  investigative or enterprise reporting either “very  essential” or “somewhat  essential” to the quality of their news product<strong>.</strong></p>
<p>The survey data, however, suggest that   larger papers are more committed to the watchdog role than smaller  papers.  Despite financial pressures and newsroom cuts elsewhere, half  the editors from  these papers said they had increased their  investigative reporting staff over  the past three year—twice the figure  for smaller papers (24%)<strong>.</strong> Over 90% of newsroom  executives from larger papers considered  investigative reporting “very  essential” compared to just over half (52%) of  their counterparts from  smaller papers.</p>
<p>In interviews, several newsroom  managers  declared that their investigative reporting teams would be the last  hit  by newsroom downsizing. To be sure, they admitted that financial  pressures  today force them to be more selective in their choice of such  labor-intensive  editorial projects. They also noted investigative  stories tend to run shorter  than they did a few years ago and cost more  to produce because of additional  editing time required to package them  for both print and web presentation. But  there was evidence that  advances in information technology, such as the ability  to mine new  electronic data bases, has enriched this genre and opened new doors  for  newspapers to explore important issues.</p>
<p>One editor of a large metropolitan  daily  contended this move toward smaller and stronger larger stories mirrored   the trend of technology itself, where consumers are happy to watch a  film on a  two-inch iPhone or a 70-inch mega-screen, but find the  26-inch screen passé.</p>
<p>Together, these two  developments—shorter  news stories and richer enterprise—reflect part of a new,  evolving role  of the print newspaper in an era of growing online access to news   virtually as it happens. In this environment, the role of the print  edition of  daily newspapers is becoming less a vehicle to convey news  developments and  more a source for analysis, texture and context to  help readers better  understand those developments.</p>
<p>Led by papers such as the New York  Times  (circulation: 1.1 million), editors in recent years have tended to place  more  analysis or enterprise stories tied to the news on the front  page, while often  placing the news story itself inside. The Virginian  Pilot in Norfolk, Virginia  (circulation: 175,000) is a leader in page  one experimentation. It has  repeatedly published dramatic front pages  that are closely tied to the day’s  news, yet contain no story in  conventional format. On Memorial Day this year,  for example, the Pilot  devoted its entire front page to an illustration of a local  Vietnam War  hero’s gravestone, his Medal of Honor citation, and a single  paragraph  of text noting the holiday that concluded with the exhortation: “Honor   them.”</p>
<p><strong>Story Length</strong></p>
<p>Editors indicated they also had  become more  selective, not just in what stories to cover and how to cover them,  but  also on story length. A story marking an incremental development—say,  on a  running city hall squabble that might have warranted a 12 to  15-inch third-day  story a few years ago—is part of a dying breed.  Today, such developments are  either judged unworthy of coverage at all  or are covered by a beat reporter in  a quick-hit couple of paragraphs  that are posted on the website. Depending on  the weight of news day,  the story either dies there, or can be “reverse  published” into the  newspaper as a 6-inch short or a brief.</p>
<p>Secondary national or international   developments given modest stand-alone treatment a few years ago, have  suffered  a similar fate. As a result, the quantity of briefs appearing  in today’s daily  newspapers has risen, but so too has the quality. They  have become more than  fillers.</p>
<p>“Cut the 15-inch story to 6 for the  paper,  let the reporter put the other nine in his (on-line) blog for a reader   who wants more information and everybody wins,”   summed up Mark Zieman,  editor of the Kansas City Star (circulation: 252,000)  for over a  decade before being named the paper’s president and publisher last   March.</p>
<p>St. Petersburg Times Executive Editor and  Vice President Neil Brown said he believed shorter story length is also  the result of more disciplined editing. &#8220;We&#8217;re more rigrous in our  editing now,&#8221; he said. &#8220;We recognize that some of those stories may have  been marginal, or even filler. So the 25-inch story is down to 10, 12,  or 6 inches.&#8221;</p>
<p>The Washington Post’s (circulation:  673,000) presidential election campaign <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/11-paper-makeup.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1649" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/11-paper-makeup.gif" alt="" width="386" height="173" /></a>coverage  is an example of this trend. Summaries  of campaign highlights are  collected into a series of briefs and run under a  distinct logo dubbed  “The Trail.” The Trail also appears as a blog on the  paper’s website,  washingonpost.com. Related developments or themes that touched  several  primary campaigns were collected together and written into a single   roundup rather than as a series of disconnected stories. Post executive  editor  Leonard Downie, Jr., said that during the campaign four years  ago, most of what  today is covered as briefs or in single roundups  would have run as separate,  medium-length stories. He described the  2008 election coverage format as a  prototype for presenting other news  elsewhere in the paper.</p>
<p>Such approaches help explain why,  at a time  of shrinking newshole and newsroom staffs, a large majority (75%) of   editors said their story counts—the number of stories appearing in the   paper—had either increased or remained the same during the past three  years. As  a result, today’s readers receive a similar, or even greater,  breadth of coverage  in their daily paper than a few years ago, however  much of it comes in more of  a digest form.</p>
<p>Editors differed in their views of  what has  been lost in this condensation of stories. For some, it is important   background, context, additional sourcing and interesting ancillary  points that  have gone—losses that significantly devalue the shorter  story. Others, however,  dismissed the lost material as, more often than  not, either arcane detail  written into the story by a reporter trying  to impress his sources or padding  to give the story the appearance of  greater importance than it actually was. Either  way, the content lost  in the print version of the story doesn’t always  disappear completely.  Instead, much of it migrates to the web as beat reporters  write these  minor twists and turns of a running story either into their own  blog or  as short, stand-alone website stories.</p>
<p>In interviews, editors generally seemed  accepting of the  trade-off. “It’s part of what’s enabled us to have new  forms of political  coverage that convey more information than we’ve  ever had before,” Downie said.  “Stories are definitely shorter—unless  they need to be longer, such as  profiles.”</p>
<p><strong><a id="ChangingNewsroom" name="ChangingNewsroom"></a>III. THE CHANGING  NEWSROOM</strong></p>
<p>As newsroom staffs decline in  numbers and  the content they produce changes, the skills—indeed, the very   culture—of the newspaper newsroom is undergoing its own transformation.  Although  less visible, the implications of this change are every bit as  important as  other shifts now underway. In the churn of cutbacks and  the arrival of new  hires, some skills are in decline as veterans  depart, while, at the same time,  fresh, young blood brings in new skill  sets and aptitudes.</p>
<p>What is disappearing?</p>
<p>At the top of the list, the ranks  of editors  who check stories prior to publication are thinning. Four out of ten   newspapers (42%) reported that they have reduced the number of copy  editors in  the last three years, while just 12% have increased. And the  pressure is even  worse at larger papers. There, fully 67% say they  have cut back on copy  editors, versus just 2% that report increases.</p>
<p>Similarly, about twice the number  of papers  reported decreasing their ranks of general editors than said they had   increased (30% v. 16%). The same was true for specialized editors (27%  vs. 12%),  and graphic artists, (23% report cutting back vs. 14%  increasing).</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/12-shrinking-duties.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1650" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/12-shrinking-duties.gif" alt="" width="368" height="282" /></a>Another  diminishing skill set,  interestingly, is photographers. Overall, 31%  of newspapers say they have cut  back on photographers in the last three  years, vs. 12% that had made net increases.  At the biggest papers,  this trend is more pronounced, with the majority reporting  cutbacks on  photographers (52%) and just 6% saying they had made net additions.</p>
<p><strong>Loss of Experience, Loss  of Talent </strong></p>
<p>Yet, the loss lamented most by  newsroom  executives is one far harder to quantify—the draining away of   institutional memory—as older, and often more expensive, journalists are   encouraged to leave through structured buyouts.</p>
<p>In interviews, editors said those  leaving  generally are among the most experienced and the most talented. As many   of these veteran reporters go, they take with them the knowledge of  their beat  and their community, a deep loyalty to core journalistic  values, and expertise  so important to understanding stories. When an  experienced editor leaves, the  editing process weakens—and with it, a  degree of the paper’s collective wisdom  and judgment.</p>
<p>While such renewal has always been  a natural  process, it can pose dangers to an institution undergoing such   accelerated change. This is especially true for an institution whose r<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/13-newsroom-loss.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1651" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/13-newsroom-loss.gif" alt="" width="218" height="254" /></a>ole  includes that of being a knowledgeable, authoritative voice for the community.</p>
<p>In survey responses, the loss of  talent and  experience was ranked as the number one concern when editors were  asked  to volunteer what has hurt their newsrooms the most. Fully 41% of  editors  surveyed offered comments that fell into this category. That  was closely  followed by the more general loss of staff overall (37%).  Next, as a distant  third, came less space (6%).</p>
<p>“When you have to let go someone  who has  been in a job for 5, 10 or 20 years, you lose something that cannot be   recouped by the people who are left behind in the newsroom,” commented  one  editor, who counted the passing of institutional knowledge as the  newsroom’s  biggest loss.</p>
<p>Occasionally, the sheer pace of  change  sweeping through the industry has taken a toll in confidence levels and   such fundamentals as the clarity about the role of the journalist.</p>
<p>When asked to cite the newsroom  loss that hurt the most, one editor answered simply, “The concept of who and  what we are.”</p>
<p>Added another, there is a “loss of  stability—none in this business can predict with confidence where change is  taking us.”</p>
<p>The bottom line culturally is this:  In  today’s newspapers, stories tend to be gathered faster and under greater   pressure by a smaller, less experienced staff of reporters, then are  passed  more quickly through fewer, less experienced, editing hands on  their way to  publication. Some editors—but far from a majority of those  interviewed—said  they could see the costs.</p>
<p>“I read the stories (in my own paper)  today  and I see more holes, questions I want answered that are not,” lamented   the editor of a large metropolitan newspaper. “I see more stories…that  aren’t  as well sourced as I’d prefer.”</p>
<p><strong>What Skills Are Being  Gained</strong></p>
<p>The loss of institutional memory,  and the  erosion of the ranks of skilled editors and photographers, is part of a   generational shift toward a more modern newsroom with more versatile,  more tech-savvy  reporters armed with new skills, higher production  rates and an ability to  multi-task.</p>
<p>Exactly what are these new skills?</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/14-growing-duties.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1652" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/14-growing-duties.gif" alt="" width="345" height="158" /></a>By  far the sharpest newsroom  increases recorded in our survey were for  the two web-related jobs measured: videographers  and web-only editors.  Fully 63% of editors surveyed had increased the amount of  “editorial  power” in videography. Another 57% said they had increased the   resources devoted to “web-only editing.” And in hiring new staff, 90% of   editors surveyed said they considered multi-media skills “very” or  “somewhat  essential” for the job.</p>
<p>Today, reporters who once carried  with them  little more than a pencil, a notebook and their newspaper’s first   edition deadline time, are taking on new responsibilities at a dizzying  pace. Anders  Gyllenhaal, Executive Editor of the Miami Herald  (circulation: 240,000) listed  six distinct venues for which Herald  newsroom staffers were expected to provide  content: the print  newspaper, the paper’s website (miamiherald.com), an   entertainment/leisure time site launched recently by the paper  (miami.com), the  local PBS station for which the Herald provides news  content, a web-linked  television operation owned by the paper and the  Herald’s instant news service,  packages of brief news stories sent to  Internet subscribers during the course  of the day.</p>
<p>These tasks, together with new  blood and the  competitive juices stoked by a faster pace and constant deadline   pressure, appear to have re-focused newsrooms. Asked to cite the  newsroom  change that most contributed to their ability to be  competitive, editors used  words like “urgency,” “excitement,” and “new  enthusiasm” in describing a newly  energized staff.</p>
<p>“New young reporters and editors  who bring  new skills and outlooks to those who have been here a long time,”   responded one editor.</p>
<p>“(The) change in mindset and  culture on the  part of reporters and editors,” added another. “Our staff has a  keen  understanding of the need to out-report and out-hustle our competitors.”</p>
<p>Almost without exception, these  gains are  tied to the place where America’s newspapers, amid wrenching  cutbacks,  are trying to build anew: the Worldwide Web.</p>
<p><strong><a id="InfluenceoftheWeb" name="InfluenceoftheWeb"></a>IV. THE INFLUENCE OF  THE WEB</strong></p>
<p>Together with the impact of  steadily  increasing financial pressures, the growing influence of the web is the   second major factor driving the change of newsroom culture. News people  are stretched  to the limit trying to feed the seemingly insatiable  appetite of the web for content—immediately.  The enormity of its impact  on the industry—both real and potential—is hard to  overestimate.</p>
<p>The web has opened new vistas for  daily  newspapers, enabling them to offer video content that competes directly   with television. It provides newsrooms the ability to establish a  genuine  two-way conversation with readers in a newspaper’s own  community while at the  same time extend the reach of the paper’s  circulation to anyone with an  Internet connection, whether they are in  Hong Kong, Helsinki or Hoboken. Today’s  savvy news junkies know that if  a big news story breaks, it’s a good bet the  website of the nearest  newspaper will have timely, exclusive content. The  Internet has also  helped facilitate collaborative efforts such as that between  the St.  Petersburg Times and the Congressional Quarterly’s CQ Weekly to produce   the “PolitiFact” feature.</p>
<p>Although several editors voiced  concerns  about the web as a distraction that deflects resources from the print   edition, overall, the view of the web appears to be increasingly  positive.</p>
<p>Editor’s responses indicated, often with a  sense of surprise, that the  growth of newspaper websites has also had a  positive impact on the content of  the newspaper itself. <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/15-web.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1653" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/15-web.gif" alt="" width="305" height="241" /></a></p>
<p>Interviews and survey results strongly   indicated that—contrary to early conventional wisdom—the print and  website  versions of today’s daily newspapers <em>can</em> be complementary and mutually strengthening.</p>
<p>In interviews, for example,  newsroom  executives said their website readers want strong visuals,   concisely-packaged information and easy navigation—all preferences that  have  begun to influence the presentation of print newspapers as they  work to lure an  Internet-savvy generation of potential readers to a  more user-friendly  experience. As a result, many newspapers today  emphasize visuals, including  improved graphics, more white space and  better sign-posting.</p>
<p>Increasingly, the web today is seen  as a  newspaper’s ally, not an adversary. Because of this, it is helping  counter  sagging morale as newsrooms shrink. At larger papers, where  staff cuts have  been deepest and the newsroom moods darkest, fully 57%  of those surveyed say “web  technology offers the potential for  greater-than-ever journalism and will be  the savior of what we once  thought of as newspaper newsrooms.” By contrast, just  4% expressed  worry that the web’s pressure on immediacy might undermine the  accuracy  and values of journalism.<strong></strong></p>
<p>The optimism also exists at smaller  papers,  but not as strongly. Only 40% agree with the “savior” description.  Industry-wide,  nearly half of all editors responding (48%) admitted  they were conflicted about  the web’s impact.</p>
<p>Whatever their feelings, there is  no doubt that the web has been  accepted as a fact of newsroom life. Today, editors  said they no longer  ask reporters if they have time to file for the web before  embarking  on their story for the print edition. Filing first for the web is a   given. Editors also noted that exclusive material is no longer kept off  the web  as it was just a few years ago to protect the print edition  impact. Today, it  is posted immediately.</p>
<p>To meet new challenges, some  newsrooms have  completely reorganized to provide a variety of written and  visual  content more efficiently to both the website and the paper.</p>
<p>“Newsrooms have traditionally been  built  around sections of the paper (and this) led to newspaper-centric   thinking, production-oriented thinking,” said Charlotte Hall, editor of  the  Orlando Sentinel and 2008-2009 president of the American Society of  Newspaper  Editors. As part of the revamp, the Sentinel (circulation:  228,000) eliminated  traditional newsroom departments, scrapped the  Metro and Features desks, and  “flattened” the newsroom accountability  structure by eliminating editing  layers. The reorganization also cut  more editing than reporting positions and  reformed journalists into  flexible teams of “news gatherers,” equally  responsible for providing  content to the web and the print editions of the  paper. All were  encouraged to be “web-first” thinkers on breaking news and  visuals.</p>
<p>“We were very newspaper-production  driven  and I wanted to see ourselves in the new world as driven by news   gathering across platforms,” she explained. “We needed to be a much more   multi-media newsroom.”</p>
<p><strong>The Data Challenge</strong></p>
<p>Learning to use new technological  tools to  capture and present newsworthy data to readers in interesting,  relevant  ways is viewed by editors as a major challenge for American newspaper   newsrooms over the coming decade. Some viewed data presentation as the  next  great frontier of the information age, one newsrooms needed to  dominate to  retain their role as the premier sources of news and  information in the years  ahead.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/16-essential-skills.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1654" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/16-essential-skills.gif" alt="" width="281" height="260" /></a>“We  must have this franchise because so many others are  after it,” said  Janet Coats, Executive Editor of the Tampa Tribune  (circulation:  221,000). “If we lose this, I really worry about our  relevance.”</p>
<p>Some newsrooms have specifically  targeted this area for development.</p>
<p>Orlando Sentinel editor Charlotte Hall  called  the creation of a data team the “single most significant innovation” to   come out of the paper’s 2007 reorganization in terms of generating new  reporting  skills for both the web and print versions of the paper. The  team brought  together everyone at the paper responsible for gathering  data for listings,  then melded them with library researchers and  archivists, a reporter trained in  computer-assisted reporting (CAR)  plus an editor who had been a high-level  database researcher. Their  job, she said, is to mine data, then work with other  teams across the  paper to develop stories based on that data. Initial results  have  included front page enterprise stories on local restaurants and housing   foreclosures.</p>
<p>For the restaurant project, which  brought a  business reporter and the restaurant critic into the team, the paper   put together a database of local restaurant health inspections, then  produced a  Sunday front page story under the headline, “How Safe Is  Your Restaurant?” It  told readers that 30-40% of Orlando’s  licensed  eating establishments had been cited for serious health violations,   including some of the area’s most exclusive dining locations. Findings,  broken  down by neighborhood, were posted on paper’s website, as was the  entire  database from which the story was written. Driven largely by  the Sunday front  page treatment in the newspaper, the on-line database  drew over a quarter of a  million page views during the first few days,  Hall said.</p>
<p>Working with data on housing  foreclosures,  the team produced a two-day front page package that mapped  foreclosures  in the Orlando  region. The on-line version of the story allowed  readers to zoom in by zip code  or street name using an interactive map.<strong> </strong></p>
<p>Other databases produce lighter  fare but  still draw large reader interest. The Milwaukee Journal Sentinel  (circulation:  217,000) created a database of all 442 touchdown passes  thrown by Green Bay  Packer quarterback Brett Favre, enabling readers to  determine, for example, how  many of them came at home and how many  away, how many were over 20 yards in  length or came in the 3rd quarter  when the temperature was below  freezing.</p>
<p><strong>Early Teams and the  Return of Newspapers to the Field of Breaking News</strong></p>
<p>Among its many achievements, the  web has  restored the time competitiveness of daily newspaper newsrooms, an edge   eroded first with the advent of radio nearly a century ago, then  effectively  erased in the 1960s as network television news became a  major force.</p>
<p>One sign of this new  competitiveness is the  advent of newspaper “early teams”, groups of journalists  usually  comprised of an editor and a few reporters, who begin anytime around   dawn or before and work through the early afternoon, reporting and  writing  content exclusively for the website. In many respects, these  early te<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/17-early-teams.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1655" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/17-early-teams.gif" alt="" width="344" height="197" /></a>ams   represent a kind of resurrection of the old afternoon newspaper:  starting early  to package today’s news today—or, more precisely,  packaging this morning’s news  this morning.</p>
<p>Early teams are part of a broader   repositioning of newsrooms for a 24-hour news cycle capable of feeding  the web  constantly. More than four of every ten (42%) papers surveyed  have already  added early teams and another 17% are planning to add  them.  Among larger papers, a remarkable 80% already  employ such teams.<strong> </strong>Although  not  measured specifically in the survey, anecdotal evidence and  interview comments  suggest that staffing of these early teams is an  important component for those  who say their newsroom staff has  increased. <strong></strong></p>
<p>Much of the material produced by  these early  teams is routine—traffic tie-ups or pile-ups, police matters, late   night local government meetings or sports results, fires and court  appearances.  Because of this, early team stories tend to have a short  shelf life and are  often overtaken by other, more significant news  during the day. Occasionally  however, they are strong enough to update  and rewrite for the following  morning’s newspaper.</p>
<p>Working from website traffic data,  more  newsrooms now target de facto deadlines to make sure fresh content is up   for periods when traffic spikes, including 6-7am (as people wake up),  8:30-9am  (as they get to work), around 11:30am (before they go to  lunch) and around 2pm  (when they return from lunch). The editor of one  large metropolitan daily spoke  of “website edition times.”</p>
<p>The creation of early teams has  changed the  role newspapers now play in covering and providing news to their   community. Miami Herald newsroom executives say local television news  teams  frequently find themselves sourcing the Herald’s website,  MiamiHerald.com, when  reporting new developments on a breaking story.  The reason: the paper can  deploy more reporters onto the story than the  smaller TV newsrooms competing  for the same story. And as a new  generation of newspaper reporters is trained  and equipped to shoot and  post video when deployed onto a breaking story,  newspapers suddenly  have the capability to post dramatic footage online  immediately. Even  if television newsrooms can match the newspaper staff’s  footage, TV  news directors are often left with just two choices. They either  wait  for their own regularly scheduled newscasts, a decision that means   allowing themselves be scooped by the newspaper’s website site, or they  post  the footage immediately on their own site, a move that means  scooping their own  next scheduled newscast. Occasionally, there is no  choice. When a Kansas City  Star staffer captured a brawl on video that  broke out during a late evening meeting  of county legislators, local  television stations—which rarely staff such  events—turned to the Star  for their footage.</p>
<p>The web’s arrival as a major force  also has  effectively redefined the universe within which daily newspapers   operate. When asked about competitors, Washington Post editor Downie  answered,  “Any news organization with a website.” One example: in the  early hours  following the November, 2007, slaying of professional  football star Sean  Taylor, the Miami Herald broke developments on the  case because the shooting  occurred in Miami  where the paper was  well-sourced with the police and emergency response teams.  However,  once the focus of the story shifted to the question of Taylor’s  survival, the Washington Post, one thousand miles  north, took the lead  because new information was coming from the family via  executives of  Taylor’s  team, the Washington Redskins.</p>
<p><strong>The Advent of the “Mo  Jo”</strong></p>
<p>Demands for content and quick  website  postings have also given birth at many newspapers to the mobile   journalist—dubbed “Mo Jo’s.” More t<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/18-mojos.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1656" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/18-mojos.gif" alt="" width="306" height="271" /></a>han  three-quarters (78%) of those editors in  newsrooms where reporters had  been trained to shoot and file video footage from  a remote location  said they found “Mo Jo’s” contributed either “some” or “a  great deal”  of value to the news product. Among  editors of larger newspapers, the  positive  response was even higher at 90%. This figure is possibly  linked to the  disproportionate investment by larger papers in “early  teams,” whose members  often work in a similar manner.</p>
<p>Anecdotal evidence suggests “Mo Jo’s”  are  usually deployed to cover geographical rather than themed beats and tend  to  act as carpet sweepers, reporting and filing a stream of short,  quick stories  for the paper’s website on minor or routine developments  during the course of  the day. The true “Mo Jo” rarely appears in the  newsroom, is equipped with a  cell phone, laptop, digital and video  cameras along with the means to file  content directly to the website.  When a larger story breaks, the “Mo Jo” files  repeated updates for the  website, and may then be asked to write a longer story  for the  following day’s print edition. Interviews and survey results indicated  a  division of opinion on the value of such reporters. The News-Press in  Fort Myers, Florida,  judged an initial experiment was so productive  that all the paper’s reporters  have since been converted into “Mo Jo’s”  with considerable success, according  to editors there. At the other  extreme, the editor of a large circulation paper  dismissed the entire  concept as “some kind of cartoon character.”  Some newsroom managers  said they wanted to  deploy more “Mo Jo’s” but had failed to get  management approval to finance the  necessary training and equipment.</p>
<p><strong>Micro-Sites</strong></p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/19-microsites.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1657" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/19-microsites.gif" alt="" width="276" height="255" /></a>Another  change afforded by  technology is the ability to target specific  audiences with specific content.  Much effort is aimed at shaping  content for a range of very narrow,  specifically tailored  interests—giving readers news of <em>their</em> community, <em>their</em> favorite sport or <em>their</em> preferred  leisure time activity. It provides the ability to create  what one executive  called “The Daily Me.” Often this is reflected in  so-called mini or micro sites  built as distinct pages within a paper’s  main online website. They can be  tailored to events in specific  communities or neighborhoods or to other  narrowly focused interests.</p>
<p>One in three papers surveyed report  they  already have micro-sites and say they are planning to add more, while  another  21% say they are developing them. As in other areas of web  development, data  suggest larger papers have moved more quickly to  develop micro-sites than their  smaller counterparts.</p>
<p><strong>Arrival of the Staff-written  Blog </strong></p>
<p>Newspapers have also used the web  to  assimilate ideas from new media that a few years ago might have been   considered heretical. Probably the most common of these is the rise of  the  staff-written blog—a space on the paper’s website where a member of  the  newspaper’s staff posts comments and other information usually  related to his  or her beat and engages readers in a free-wheeling  electronic conversation.  After beginning as a feature of citizen   journalism, the blog—the word is short for Web Log—has quickly become a  highly  successful feature of <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/20-staff-blogs.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1658" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/20-staff-blogs.gif" alt="" width="247" height="266" /></a>mainstream  institutional journalism. The blog’s more  relaxed, informal format,  coupled with the ability of readers to respond  quickly to a staffer’s  blog entries, have accelerated and broadened the flow of  information  and reduced the distance between the newspaper and its readers.</p>
<p>Fully 70% of the newspapers  participating in  the survey run staff-written blogs on their websites, with  nearly  one-third of those papers now publishing 10 or more. And, interviews   with senior newsroom managers suggest the genre is likely to grow  further in  the future. More than a quarter of those from newspapers  with 100,000-plus  circulations said they hosted 30 or more staff blogs.</p>
<p>Despite—or perhaps because of—their   proliferation, these blogs are not getting nearly the kind of  supervision or  editing of the rest of the newspaper. Over half of all  editors and two-thirds  of those editing larger papers, said that these  blogs were only edited after  publication, if at all.</p>
<p>Many of these blogs focus on sports  or  specialty beats such as crime or education. Although primarily written  for  the web, several editors said blog content is now frequently  republished into  print editions. In an example of the complementary  relationship of daily  newspaper web and print content, Ft. Lauderdale  Sun-Sentinel managing editor Rosenhause  said that web traffic on one  blog jumped dramatically after it was promoted in  the print edition.</p>
<p>Blogs have also extended a paper’s  reach, creating global communities of conversation.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/21-staff-blogs-edited.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1659" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/21-staff-blogs-edited.gif" alt="" width="316" height="209" /></a>After  a web producer at the Orlando  Sentinel began writing a blog for the  paper’s website about his free time  passion of soccer, newsroom  managers were curious to see spikes in traffic to  the blog at unusual  times, including the pre-dawn hours. It became apparent the  blog was  being read worldwide, with the pre-dawn jump in traffic most likely   driven by Europeans curious about new developments in the soccer world  as they  got started during their morning. The newspaper, which has not  covered soccer  as a beat, now republishes portions of the blog in its  Sunday print editions.</p>
<p>In another example, when a  Milwaukee Journal  Sentinel sports section blogger threw out a question asking  readers  how they became Green Bay Packer fans, the result was an avalanche of   responses from just about every corner of the globe, according to Online  Editor  Michael Davis.</p>
<p><strong>How Merged Is the New  Merged Newsroom?</strong></p>
<p>Blogs, Mo Jos, Micro-Sites, Early  Teams, and  more, are evidence of an important change underway in newsrooms  across  the country, one in which a growing number of publishers and editors,   having concluded the era of print newspaper domination has ended, now  believe  the future of their newsroom depends on how well they can do  two things:</p>
<p>(1) Establish  themselves as strong, relevant web content providers for a generation of online  news consumers; and</p>
<p>(2) Maintain  relevant, compelling  content for the newspaper’s print edition that remains the  industry’s  primary, albeit diminished, cash cow.</p>
<p>This shift of focus towards the web  is  accelerating at an enormous pace, driven by an alarming plunge of print   edition advertising revenues, sagging stock prices and rising web  traffic  statistics.</p>
<p>Orlando Sentinel editor and ASNE  president  Hall talks of “huge strides” in digital journalism made during the   second half of 2007 and the first half of 2008, both in her own newsroom  and at  many others.</p>
<p>“In the last year, we have made a  great leap  forward in Web journalism—in our fluency, the integration of our   workflow and our newsroom culture,” she said.   As evidence she pointed  to a 57% jump in page views at OrlandoSentinel.com  in June, 2008,  compared to the same month last year.</p>
<p>This new focus is predicated on an  act of  faith—that somewhere, a key exists that can unlock the secret to   monetizing web content. At most larger papers, the repositioning is  already  well under way.  Interviews and survey  responses indicated  that, in a growing number of newsrooms, the website editor  now has the  role of a deputy managing editor—a kind of super department head,  who  often reports directly to the editor.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/22-unified-website.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1660" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/22-unified-website.gif" alt="" width="305" height="184" /></a>Four  out of five editors (81%)  today view their organization’s website and  its newspaper as a single  integrated product tailored to different  formats, survey results showed. But  accomplishing that may be easier  said than done. Most editors (63%) say they still  focus more of their  time on the newspaper than the website. Just three in ten  say the focus  of senior newsroom executives was now equally divided between the  two.</p>
<p>And most editors do not appear to  be poring  over traffic data from the web on a continual basis. A plurality, 42%,   said they look at the data less than once a day. Just over a third (35%)  look  once a day. Only 22% look more often than once a day.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/23-webstats.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1661" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/23-webstats.gif" alt="" width="245" height="240" /></a>Although   editors at times seemed wary of the web, they were simultaneously  coming to  realize the potential benefit, sometimes showing a sense of  surprise at  discovering that print and website can indeed reinforce  each other.</p>
<p>In interviews, there were  unmistakable signs  that the growing demands of the web on newsrooms at times  sapped  attention and energy from the print edition and the conventional  reporting  and story telling that is focused there.</p>
<p>“The demands of producing more web  content  are diminishing the print product,” complained one editor. Still, there   are strong indicators that editors are beginning to see the web’s  advantages  and warm to its potential.</p>
<p>Print editions can also take  advantage of  the web’s saturation coverage during the early hours of a major  news  development to move beyond the straight news leads even on their first   cycle. In such instances, today’s print edition dailies fulfill a role  similar  to that of the afternoon paper in an early era when a news  break occurred in  time for the morning papers to catch the basic  details but none of the color, context  or analysis.</p>
<p>After an early morning gas  explosion ripped  through a factory in Milwaukee  two years ago, newsroom staffers at the  Journal Sentinel used the paper’s  website to post eyewitness accounts  and official statements, along with photos,  video and audio content  throughout th<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/24-editors-time.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1662" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/24-editors-time.gif" alt="" width="297" height="202" /></a>e  day. Meanwhile, editors assigned a  reporter to focus solely on writing  a narrative that would lead the next day’s  paper. The result: the  paper led its first print edition after the explosion with  a  compelling, anecdote-rich narrative, heavy with texture, mood, and the  drama  of the moment. The story was unencumbered by much of the factual  detail  available for many hours on the newspaper’s website and in other  media. Street  sales of the print edition the following morning were up  strongly, said Journal  Sentinel Editor and Senior Vice President  Martin Kaiser.</p>
<p>The newsroom of the Arizona  Republic  (circulation: 413,000) deployed in a similar manner last August after   two media traffic-watch helicopters collided in mid-air over Phoenix and   crashed as they were tracking a lunchtime police car chase through the  city.  Instead of a standard wire-service lead the following morning,  the Republic  also led its print edition with a narrative drawn in part  from the transcripts  of transmissions between the two helicopter  pilots.  Editor and Vice-President/News Randy Lovely  said what  surprised him most about that day was that the early intense  reporting  and writing for the paper’s website had actually accelerated rather   than slowed preparation for the print edition.</p>
<p>“We literally had our front page  nailed down and were fine tuning two hours before deadline,” he said.</p>
<p>In a sharp departure from the  traditional  daily newspaper story placement, two days following the April,  2007,  Virginia Tech campus shootings that claimed 32 lives, the Norfolk-based  Virginian  Pilot published a simple, stark front page, listing the names  and ages of the  victims in enlarged typeface along with references to  individual profiles on  inside pages, all under a commemorative looped  ribbon in the school’s colors. The  effort won applause from readers.<strong></strong></p>
<p><strong><a id="CitizenintheNewsroom" name="CitizenintheNewsroom"></a>V. CITIZEN IN THE  NEWSROOM</strong></p>
<p>The web is catalyzing another revolution  in  America’s  newspaper newsrooms: readers have become active participants  in producing the  news.</p>
<p>Even in what is arguably the most   traditional venue for journalism, the daily newspaper, readers now  provide  stories and photographs for publication. Four in ten newspapers  said they host  citizen-written blogs. The Kansas City Star, for  example, hosts a blog called  Mom2Mom where mothers can chat among  themselves, then once a week poses a  question asking how to deal with a  specific issues. The responses appear in the  paper’s print editions.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/25-citizen-blogs.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1663" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/25-citizen-blogs.gif" alt="" width="246" height="199" /></a>But  the readers of America’s daily  newspapers today interact with  newsrooms on several other fronts, too. They offer  tips and leads on  fast-breaking news developments and have been invited to act  as sources  for investigative stories.</p>
<p>Still, survey results indicate editors  don’t  seem to see citizen journalism as the silver bullet some predicted a   decade ago—a source of content that could one day replace reporters.  While a  quarter of editors describe it as valuable, nearly six out of  ten describe it  in more qualified terms as only “somewhat” valuable.</p>
<p>In another question, a plurality of  editors  (46%) believes citizen-produced content is “an essential ingredient for   the website and newspaper of the future (…).” But nearly as many of  those  responding (42%), expressed reservations, agreeing with the  statement  describing citizen journalism as “an interesting, but limited  concept in which  citizen input is kept to very small stories or to  basic informational material (…).”   Only a quarter of the survey  respondents  described citizen content as “very valuable.”</p>
<p>In interviews, a majority of  editors, both  at larger and smaller papers, tended to share the more cautious   assessment, casting initial expectations as inflated and siding with  those  survey respondents who saw its role as interesting, but limited.  Several  complained that getting acceptable written content—e.g.  stories—from citizen  journalists usually required significant  investments of newsroom staff time to  train, coach, educate, confirm  and edit.</p>
<p>“It’s not the answer,” said Miami Herald  executive editor  Gyllenhaal. “The idea that all you must do is open the  gates and copy flows in  is not right. Like anything good, it takes  work, a lot of time and a lot of  thought.”</p>
<p>Still, some newsrooms—especially  those  serving smaller circulation markets with well-educated populations and a   developed sense of community— have had highly rewarding experiences  with other  forms of citizen participation.</p>
<p>The editor of one large metropolitan   newspaper said his reporters had details of a major highway pile-up,  including  the names of victims, several hours before the same  information was released by  police merely by posting a reporter’s email  address and phone number on its  website along with an invitation for  anyone involved in or around the accident  to make contact. However, the  editor stressed that all information received  from the public was  first confirmed by a newsroom staffer before it was posted  and the  names of victims were held back until authorities had notified   families.</p>
<p><strong>Photos</strong></p>
<p>In interviews, editors invariably  said the  easiest, most successful form of user-generated content has been   weather-related photographs, which have the perfect mix for a citizen’s   contribution: they require little expertise, attract broad interest,  their  content is easily verifiable and they tend to be  non-controversial. Weather  photos also seem to generate a timely and  strong citizen response. Gannett vice-president  Kate Marymont  discovered this last year during her tenure as executive editor  of the  News-Press in Fort Myers, Florida (circulation: 92,000) after a tornado   touched down in the Cape Coral region of the paper’s circulation area.</p>
<p>“We got hundreds of photos,” she  said. “A  year ago we’d have asked readers for photos, but now we don’t have to   ask. They just send them. It’s not that we’ve gotten wise, it’s just the  way  the world is behaving. People are more interactive.”</p>
<p><strong>Crowd Sourcing</strong></p>
<p>Under Marymont’s leadership, the  News-Press  operated at the experimental cutting edge in several areas,  including  its use of citizen journalism. While many newspapers have reached out   to readers for tips on a fast-breaking news story where the public is  involved,  the News-Press has used crowd sourcing effectively in  developing showcase  investigative stories.</p>
<p>When, in July, 2006, the News-Press  began  investigating reasons behind a sharp jump in property owner assessments   for new sewage and potable water lines being installed in the Cape  Coral area, it issued a three-word  invitation to readers, “Help us  investigate.” It then followed with a four-word  question, “What do you  know?”  Marymont  said the reaction was immediate. Within the first 12  hours, the paper received  68 responses from residents, who shared  personal stories, steered reporters to  documents they had not known  existed, “and loaded us with questions to ask.”</p>
<p>Within 24 hours, the paper was  quietly  offered an audit of the project that the city had ordered but never   released. When the News-Press published the audit, work on the project  was  halted and only resumed after a reduction of property-owner  assessments. The  paper used similar tactics during an investigation of  major discrepancies in the  amounts victims of four 2004 hurricanes were  reimbursed for roof damage by the  Federal Emergency Management Agency.</p>
<p>Editors say the success of such  efforts depends largely on the degree of public motivation.</p>
<p>“You’ve got to find the (public’s)  ‘passion  point’ and that usually means a pocketbook issue,” said Arizona Republic  editor Lovely. “That’s what  worked in Cape Coral.  People were angry  and just needed an outlet.”</p>
<p>The News-Press has also  experimented with  another dimension of crowd sourcing. It called for volunteers  to help  with stories, then installed 20 of them—all local citizens—as de-facto   technical advisors to the paper. The group, called “Team Watchdog,”  included a  retired police chief, an accountant, a retired military  officer and a former state  Supreme Court clerk. Volunteers work closely  with reporters, helping them study  databases, decipher public records  or delve into specialty subjects. They were  also formally introduced to  the newsroom staff, given classes in ethics and  research techniques.  Team Watchdog members carry a News-Press ID card  identifying them as  members of a citizen journalist panel that works with the  News-Press  and its website, news-press.com.   The implicit endorsement of the paper  conveyed by such an ID raised  concerns on the part of some at the  paper, but so far, no significant problems  had stemmed from this,  Marymont said.</p>
<p>The Lawrence  (Kansas) Journal-World   (circulation: 19,000) has approached citizen journalism in another way.  Working  together with the University of Kansas School of Journalism and  Mass  communication, it first offers a five-week evening course at a  ‘Citizen Journalism Academy’  to groups of about 25 volunteers  interested in learning more about the  journalistic process. Then, after  completing the course, it offers participants  the opportunity to write  for the paper, the website, or submit photos.</p>
<p>“There’s (been) no obligation to do   anything, but there are opportunities if they want to try them,” said  the  paper’s Special Projects director Ralph Gage. Beginning this fall,  however,  Gage said the paper would alter its approach, seeking out  citizens with  specific areas of expertise in the expectation that,  after completing the  course, they would assist the paper in its  coverage.</p>
<p><strong><a id="TheFuture" name="TheFuture"></a>VI. THE FUTURE</strong></p>
<p>In part, this report is a portrait  of how those papers are pushing the boundaries of innovation at a pac<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/26-revenue-streams.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1664" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/26-revenue-streams.gif" alt="" width="286" height="216" /></a>e   unthinkable a decade ago. At the same time, however, it documents the  crippling  impact of cutbacks triggered by the erosion of once-solid  financial  fundamentals. As we noted in introducing our findings, these  two contradictory  forces have effectively placed newspapers in a race—a  race between innovating  and cutting back. How quickly can newspapers  invent a new journalism online,  build an audience and find a way to  monetize the product? And in the time it  takes to do this, how much  will further staff losses, and the accompanying loss  of institutional  memory and community knowledge, undermine their biggest competitive   asset—the size and strength of their newsrooms?   How much will they  have to cut back on key subject matter? Will audiences  drift away  because their old economic model is shrinking more quickly than  their  new one is growing? Or will the investment in new technologies generate   the income needed to sustain staffs large enough to produce outstanding   journalism?   Winning this race, editors  sense, involves innovating  quickly—on both business and editorial sides of the  paper—with one hand  and fighting off excessive cut backs with the other.</p>
<p><strong>The $64,000 Question:  How to Monetize the Web?</strong></p>
<p>In interviews, many were  optimistic. Some,  for example, argued the ability of technology to track  readership of  specific stories has given editors a powerful weapon in future   financial battles, for the first time making an indisputable link  between  strong editorial content and the kind of higher readership that  attracts advertisers.  Now, editors stress, their colleagues must use  this connection in financial  battles.</p>
<p>“Too many editors are great with  anecdotal  stories but they don’t really measure what’s working and what’s not,”   said Kansas City Star’s Zieman, who earned an MBA last year while still  editor specifically  to arm himself for the financial battles to come.  “If you don’t know the  numbers you won’t be invited to the table where  these decisions are made.”</p>
<p>Convincing newspaper advertising  sales staff  to become more active in selling to the web is also viewed as an   essential, overdue step, even if it’s not easy. Roughly 90% of  advertising  sales remain with the print media. In interviews, newsroom  executives  complained that advertising departments traditionally have  been far more  resistant than their editorial counterparts to the  changes brought by the  Internet Age. Understandably, there is less  incentive to go after a pot containing  10% of the revenues than to go  after one with 90%. But some editors warn that  if advertising staffs  don’t shift their focus now, they could end up with  nothing in a matter  of years because there would be no print edition left.</p>
<p>Still, there are signs of progress,  at least  anecdotally. The Journal-World, for example, has developed a software   called Marketplace for potential advertisers that blends the format of   electronic yellow page-type directories with strong, local community  knowledge,  offering local companies the ability to post commercials,  profiles and other  information, including store hours and photos, and  coupons. In its first six  months, developers claimed a single ad  salesperson in a relatively small market  brought in nearly one-half  million annualized dollars, mainly from advertisers  who had not  previously done business with the paper.</p>
<p>The trick, said Dan C. Simons, Electronics  Division president  of The World Company, publisher of the  Journal-World, was the  neighborhood focus of the advertising.</p>
<p>“If we can make $450,000 in six  months,  Chicago  can make $20 million. It’s completely scalable,” said Simons.  Programmers are  currently working on a point of sale inventory,  enabling a potential customer  to check online if their local store has a  specific product in stock.</p>
<p><strong>Lowering the Wall</strong></p>
<p>One implication of running in this  race,  editors told us, is that the once-formidable wall that divided the news   and business sides of the newspaper has been substantially lowered.  While that  may not mean business people are roaming the newsroom  influencing the product,  there is evidence it <em>does</em> mean that  the news people are busy trying to imagine new ways of making money.</p>
<p>Fully 97% of editors responding to  the  survey said they were active, at least to some degree, in the search to   develop new revenue streams. One editor noted how his paper had offered  a  premier investigative packag<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/27-ad-wall.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1665" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/27-ad-wall.gif" alt="" width="361" height="241" /></a>e for sale on Amazon.com.<br />
At papers both large and small, this has  included launching  tabloid sections aimed at specialized audiences.  Over half those surveyed (55%)  said they had launched new tabloid  products, usually narrowly targeted to  youth, minorities or other  specific demographic groups<strong>.</strong> Just over four in ten  (42%) said they had re-launched existing broadsheet sections or editions in  tabloid format<strong>.</strong></p>
<p>Is this lowering of the wall  bothering  editors? Less than some might have imagined. Among larger newspapers  –  e.g., those under greater financial strain—a majority of editors  surveyed (57%)  said they were either “not very concerned” or “not at  all concerned” about  lowering this wall in search of new revenues<strong>, </strong>while  just 41% expressed worry. At smaller papers, the level of  concern is  higher. Fully 63% of editors surveyed were concerned about the  lowering  of the wall, while just 35% said they were not overly worried.</p>
<p>In interviews, several editors said  they  encouraged discussions between the two departments to a degree they had   not done previously, with one admitting, “I never thought ten years ago  that  I’d be suggesting some of the things that I have.”<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/28-web-width.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1666" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/28-web-width.gif" alt="" width="256" height="173" /></a></p>
<p>But the survey results suggested a sense  of  disillusionment among newsroom executives that their organization has  been  slow to recognize and adjust to a new business climate. Only a  small minority  (14%) of those responding to the survey agreed with the  notion that their  organization had anticipated and planned “very  effectively” for the changes  needed to remain competitive.<strong></strong></p>
<p>In addition to reducing staff and  newshole,  newspapers have also tried to cut costs other ways. Chief among them is   efforts to economize on newsprint, a step that has taken on added  urgency with  a steady rise in newsprint prices that began last fall and  at mid-year stood at  their highest levels in over a decade.  Today,  the newsprint is thinner than it was a few  years ago and newspapers are  actively reducing the number of pages to counter the  cost increases.  Tribune Co., recently announced it planned to cut as many as  500 pages  per week from the Los Angeles Times. And, as a metaphor of the times,   the physical size&#8211;the so-called web width—of America’s daily newspapers  is  shrinking. Nearly three-quarters (73%) of those editors  participating said  their papers had reduced web width in the past three  years as a newsprint  cost-saving measure.<strong></strong></p>
<p><strong>A Stubborn Optimism</strong></p>
<p>In the end, one of the key elements   determining the race’s outcome will be how well the quality of the  journalism  produced in America’s  daily newspaper newsrooms can be  sustained and whether the people who run these  newsrooms have a vision  for the future.</p>
<p>When it comes to the first of these   questions, the quality of the work, many of the editors express a  remarkable—at  times almost eerie—optimism despite the adversities they  have faced. In  general, the <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/29-coverage.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1667" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/29-coverage.gif" alt="" width="455" height="185" /></a>editors  we talked to tend to look beyond what their newsrooms have  lost in  recent years and instead focus on the new vistas that technology has   suddenly opened to them and the new energy and purpose of a  faster-moving  newsroom. In interviews, a majority of editors<strong> </strong>said  that, on balance, they believed the journalism produced by  today’s  smaller newsrooms was as good as or better than a few years ago.</p>
<p>Survey responses reflected this  same view.  By sizable majorities, editors rated the accuracy, depth and   comprehensiveness of the newsroom’s reporting and the quality of its  writing as  good as or better than three years ago<strong>. </strong>Despite  the cutbacks in staffing and space, by<strong> </strong>54%   vs. 32%, clear majorities of editors said the comprehensiveness of  their news  coverage had either significantly or somewhat improved,  despite the cutbacks,  in the last three years. By a 58% vs. 25% margin,  editors also thought “the  depth of their newsrooms” reporting had  improved. A majority of editors (53%)  also thought their paper’s  writing had improved, despite the shift toward  younger staff. An  overwhelming 94% of editors said their papers were as accurate  as or  more accurate than three years ago. And a solid 56%, taking it all in,   said the “overall quality of their news product is now better than it  was  before.”</p>
<p>Kaiser of the Milwaukee Journal  Sentinel,  agreed that “less could never be more,” when it came to newsroom  size,  but said he too was convinced his paper was stronger despite the loss of   20 newsroom staff positions over the past two years. The Journal  Sentinel  recently was awarded the 2008 Pulitzer Prize for local  reporting.</p>
<p>“Let’s say we’re better focused, we do  better  projects,” he said. “We have to talk about the newsroom, not  just the paper  because we produce the website and othe<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/30-paper-quality.gif"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1668" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/30-paper-quality.gif" alt="" width="301" height="212" /></a>r things, too.”</p>
<p>David Wilson, Managing Editor/News  of Miami  Herald, a paper that has seen its circulation and the size of its   newsroom staff decline sharply in recent years, echoes Kaiser’s comment:   “Through all that’s happened over the last few years, the quality of  our work  is among the best I’ve seen—and I’ve been here 31 years.” <strong> </strong></p>
<p>How can this be? One explanation is  just  what editors have said—crisis has focused their thinking and made them   sharper. Another factor may also be psychology. These are the editors  who  remain, who are facing this challenge. As newsroom leaders, their  job is to  build staff morale and combat defeatism. A sense of optimism  is essential in  doing that. On top of that, they are working hard,  innovating, making changes.  They may have fewer reporters and less  space to work with, story by story, they  are certain that what they are  producing today is better than what they  produced a few years ago.</p>
<p><strong>Uncertainty</strong></p>
<p>Despite all this, editors were far  less  certain an improved editorial product would be enough to guarantee a   bright future. Doubts about their organization’s ability to make the  changes  needed to remain competitive were especially noticeable among  those whose  organizations had failed to anticipate change effectively  in the past.  Among this group of editors, only 28% thought their   organizations were up to the task. By contrast, among editors who  believe their  organizations were somewhat, or very, effective in the  past in anticipating  changes, 63% expressed confidence they would again  take the right steps.<strong></strong></p>
<p>When asked directly about their own  confidence in imagining the future, editors seem cautious and only <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/31-editors-predicting.gif"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1669" src="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/files/2011/01/31-editors-predicting.gif" alt="" width="409" height="197" /></a>marginally  more  confident than not. Only 5% say they can predict with any  certainty what their  newsroom will look like in five years. Another 46%  said they were “somewhat confident”  in their ability here, but an  equal number (46%) said they were either “not  very confident or not  confident at all.”</p>
<p>In the face of such uncertainty,  several  editors cited their staff’s willingness to accept change and embrace   new technology as the factor contributing most to their competitiveness.   “Flexibility,” summed up one newsroom  executive.</p>
<p><strong>CONCLUSION</strong></p>
<p>The explosion of readily available  news and  information on the web has, at least in part, eclipsed the long-held   role of daily newspapers to deliver the news, but has yet to touch their  unique  contribution to the American democratic process: the ability to  explore in  depth highly complex subjects of public interest.</p>
<p>As a rule, the newspaper editors  interviewed and surveyed for this report believe that no other medium<strong> </strong>has the ability to take a complicated,  sophisticated, important issue and examine it in all its nuances.</p>
<p>One editor cited a package of  stories in his  own newspaper that day that explored a dispute over the hiring  of  minorities at a prestigious, publicly-funded downtown convention center   construction project. The package included a story on the problems of   recruiting minorities into construction trade apprentice programs and  another  on obstacles faced by contracting firms owned by  African-Americans.</p>
<p>In a world where much of the new,   fast-proliferating information available to the consumer stems from  Internet  sources that undergo little or no quality control, guarding  the newspaper’s  objectivity and credibility is considered crucial.</p>
<p>More than immediacy, editors said  they  believed these qualities were essential to the newspaper’s quest to  remain  relevant. Gage, the special projects editor at the  Journal-World, speculated  that if immediacy were to diminish as the  most-valued quality for daily  newspapers, they could eventually revert  to late afternoon delivery.  Such a development could potentially be a   windfall, he says, because it would reduce the need to work unsocial  hours and  possibly draw more bright young people—who have traditionally  been turned off  by the hours— to the craft.</p>
<p>In the end, however, editors remain   convinced the key to their survival is a good business model and strong   journalism. As one editor interviewed for this named three basic  ingredients  needed “not just to survive, but thrive:” excellent  journalism, strong  investment to stay on the cutting edge of  technology, and aggressive marketing  of the product. <strong></strong></p>
<p>“If we do all those things, we’ll  be  fine—whether we’re 80% print and 20% web, 80% web and 20% print or 2%  print  and 98% web,” this editor said, though he asked that his comments  be on  background. “The profit margins may never be Gannett-like at  40-45% of revenue,  but I think you can have a healthy business.”</p>
<p>Some editors predicted the future  of  newspapers will eventually be decided, not in print, but in a cyberspace   fight for advertising between sites that provide entertainment and  social  networking on one side, and those that provide information and  analysis on the  other.</p>
<p>“There’s never been a greater need  for good  journalism,” said Miami  Herald executive editor Gyllenhaal. “We’re in a  global world and it’s complicated.  What happens in Caracas  really  affects us here. But advertisers don’t care what gets them in front of   people and if they all migrate to MySpace, Facebook or eBay  and that  weakens journalism to a point we can’t have 375 or 400 reporters on  the  street, then we won’t be able to deliver.”</p>
<p>Lawrence Journal-World editor Dolph  C.  Simons, Jr., put it in simpler terms: “I believe there’s a very strong  place  in our society for the printed word.   It’s up to us to find out  how best to utilize that opportunity. If we’re  going to succeed, we  have to drive with our brights on.”</p>
<p><strong><a id="Methodology" name="Methodology"></a>METHODOLOGY</strong></p>
<p>This study is based on two primary  sources of information.</p>
<p>The first source is extended  face-to-face  interviews with editors and other newsroom executives at 15 daily  newspapers  across the United States.  Interviews, conducted by Tyler  Marshall, occurred between early November, 2007  and mid-January, 2008.  Everyone interviewed for this report spoke initially on  background.  Where comments and thoughts are attributed by name, specific  permission  was received. Circulation figures of specific newspapers noted in  the  report are from the Audit Bureau of Circulations website and represent  the  average weekday circulation, rounded up or down to the nearest  thousand, through  the six months ending March 31, 2008.</p>
<p>The second source of information is  the  responses to a 43-question survey, administered by Princeton Survey  Research Associates International (PSRAI) and sent  to the editors of  1217 daily newspapers. The 259 replies included over half  (55%) of all  papers with circulations of more than 100,000, as well as nearly   one-third (30%) of all papers with circulations between 50,000 and  100,000.  Among the country’s far larger number of papers with  circulations below 50,000,  177, or just over 17%, responded to the  survey. Face-to-face interviews were  conducted at newspapers in each  category. The largest newspaper visited had a circulation  of more than  670,000, the smallest around 20,000. All responses to the survey  were  anonymous. A complete methodology of the survey follows below.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline">Survey of Editors </span></strong></p>
<p>This survey is based on responses  from 259  top editors and news executives at U.S. daily newspapers.  It was  administered online by Princeton  Survey Research Associates  International (PSRAI). The surveys were completed  from January 29  through February 29, 2008.</p>
<p>Requests for participation were sent  to a  total of 1,217 individuals via e-mail, with a link to an online Web   address where the survey was hosted by PSRAI. Each respondent had a  unique  identification number with which he or she could log in to the  survey.</p>
<p><strong><em>Definition of  Population Universe and Contact Procedures</em></strong></p>
<p>The universe of potential respondents  was  defined as editors and senior news executives at all U.S. daily  newspapers, regardless of circulation  size, including those in Alaska  and Hawaii. Weekly, ethnic  and alternative newspapers were excluded  from the definition.  Editors were excluded if they did not have a   valid email address available.</p>
<p>The sample was drawn from the online  directory <em>Cision Media Source</em> (formerly <em>Bacon’s Media Source</em>).  After ineligible organizations were excluded, this  list covered 1,265  U.S.  daily newspapers. All qualified editors at eligible dailies were  pulled from  the <em>Cision</em> directory and were  included in the  sampling frame. Qualified editor titles included: editor,   editor-in-chief, co-editor, editor/publisher, executive editor, and  managing editor.</p>
<p>One  individual editor per organization was  selected for the sample. If an  organization had multiple qualified  editor titles, the senior-most title was  selected. This resulted in a  list of 1,265 top editors.  After editors who did not have email  addresses  were eliminated, the final list consisted of 1,217 editors.</p>
<p>Editors  were first emailed on January 29,  2008, explaining the study and requesting  their participation. Emails  included a link to the online survey as well as a  unique password to  gain entry into the web instrument. Follow-up emails were  sent on  February 5 to those who did not already complete the survey or did not   refuse to participate. Where possible, follow-up telephone calls were  made to  editors to encourage their participation in the survey.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/the-changing-newspaper-newsroom/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Public Attitudes</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/public-attitudes/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/public-attitudes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 20:42:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Bailey</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Public Attitudes By Robert Ruby and the Project for Excellence in Journalism Ask the public for its opinion of the press, and the responses are chastening. Most Americans believe the news media are politically biased, that their stories are often inaccurate and that journalists do not care about the people they report on. And in [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>Public Attitudes</h1>
<p><em>By Robert Ruby and the Project for Excellence in Journalism</em></p>
<p><strong> </strong>Ask the public for its opinion of the press, and the responses are chastening.</p>
<p>Most Americans believe the news media are  politically biased, that their stories are often inaccurate and that  journalists do not care about the people they report on.</p>
<p>And in 2007, the public’s overall view of the  press remained by many measures as negative as in the recent past and  notably worse than in the mid-1980s.</p>
<p>There are nuances to the public’s  skepticism. People continue to like what they actually watch, read and  know best. They dislike and distrust the hypothetical monolith – the  behemoth called <em>the news media.</em></p>
<p>What is growing is the extent to which  partisanship is creating distinct audiences. It has reached the point  where ideology is now as strong an indicator of an individual’s likes  and dislikes about the press as any other basic demographic measure.  Increasingly, there are Republican views of the news media and  Democratic views, and they differ sharply. Political independents have  their own distinct attitudes about the media – and they grew more  negative in 2007.</p>
<p>This divide was evident in views of coverage  of the war in Iraq. Democrats express greater confidence in the media’s  performance there than do Republicans.</p>
<p>But the partisan divide is not as sharp when  it comes to coverage of the presidential campaign. Nearly everyone  tended to think there was too much early handicapping of the race, too  little coverage of so-called minor candidates and too little coverage of  what the candidates were saying. And those views could deepen given  that so much of the press’ early handicapping proved wrong &#8212; the  writing off of John McCain and Mike Huckabee, the love affair with Fred  Thompson and the advance anointing of Hillary Clinton and Rudolph  Giuliani.</p>
<p>Another worry is that the Internet news  audience is particularly skeptical — and this is a group that is  growing, is younger and is better educated than the general population.  It is the press’ future base. This audience is especially critical of  the mainstream media’s fairness and accuracy.</p>
<p>And the rise of blogging has added to this  perception. Bloggers on both the right and left acidly criticized  mainstream news outlets for their coverage of politics in 2007 and the  war in Iraq. Newspapers, magazines and television duly reported the  bloggers’ criticisms. (One wire service headline declared, “The blogs  flunk the media again.”<a><sup>1</sup></a> Online editors meanwhile apologized for instances of inaccurate reporting on their Web sites.</p>
<p>One other factor probably added to the mix: the host of growing problems in newsrooms.</p>
<p>In every part of the industry, journalists  themselves experienced the turmoil generated by another year of  reorganizations and cutbacks. New owners took control of several major  news organizations, including Dow Jones &amp; Co. (publisher of the Wall  Street Journal) and the Tribune Company (publisher of the Los Angeles  Times, the Chicago Tribune, Newsday and other major newspapers). Anyone  paying attention to what the press reported about itself could have  detected the insecurity. As the industry is buffeted by new technology  and as audiences fragment further, some critics portray the turbulence  as confirmation of what they see as the press’ failings.</p>
<p>Nearly every news organization seemed anxious  to revise its playbook. The press – the fragmented, challenged industry  that regularly reported on threats to its own prosperity – wanted to  expand here, contract there, master social networking, become a  community bulletin board, serve as a national forum, list the financial  contributors to every presidential campaign, shrink stock tables, expand  a broadcast, close a news bureau, expand a Web team, merge copy desks,  reorganize the ad sales team.</p>
<p>An important question for the coming year is  whether that turmoil is seen by an already skeptical public as panic or  openness to change. The news media may risk seeming like just another  industry anxious about its products, its customers and its future.<br />
<a id="1" name="1"></a><br />
<strong>General Trust </strong></p>
<p>The 20-year trend of public dissatisfaction with the press showed few signs of reversing course in 2007.</p>
<p>Majorities of Americans continued to say  that journalists are often inaccurate (55%), do not care about the  people they report on (53%), are biased (55%), one-sided (66%) and try  to cover up their mistakes (63%). Those sentiments, all more prevalent  than in the 1980s, have become entrenched.<a><sup>2</sup></a></p>
<p>There was similarly no real movement in the  slim pluralities who believe the press is moral (46%) or protects  democracy (44%), again lower figures than a two decades ago.<a><sup>3</sup></a></p>
<p>Persistent Criticisms of the Press<br />
Percent of Survey Respondents</p>
<table border="1" width="475">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="94" scope="col"></td>
<th width="45" scope="col">July 1985</th>
<th width="44" scope="col">Feb 1999</th>
<th width="39" scope="col">Sep 2001</th>
<th width="48" scope="col">Nov 2001</th>
<th width="44" scope="col">July 2002</th>
<th width="36" scope="col">July 2003</th>
<th width="36" scope="col">June 2005</th>
<th width="31" scope="col">July 2007</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">News Organizations&#8230;</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Moral<br />
Immoral</td>
<td>
<div>54<br />
13</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>40<br />
38</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>40<br />
34</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>53<br />
23</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>39<br />
36</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>45<br />
32</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>
<p>43<br />
35</p>
</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>46<br />
32</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Protect democracy<br />
Hurt democracy</td>
<td>
<div>54<br />
23</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>45<br />
38</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>46<br />
32</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>60<br />
19</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>50<br />
29</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>52<br />
28</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>47<br />
33</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>44<br />
36</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Get facts straight<br />
Stories often Inaccurate</td>
<td>
<div>55<br />
34</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>37<br />
58</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>35<br />
57</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>46<br />
45</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>35<br />
56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>36<br />
56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>36<br />
56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>39<br />
53</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Careful to avoid bias<br />
Politically biased</td>
<td>
<div>36<br />
45</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>31<br />
56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>26<br />
59</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>35<br />
47</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>26<br />
59</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>29<br />
53</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>28<br />
60</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>31<br />
55</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Highly professional<br />
Not professional</td>
<td>
<div>72<br />
11</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>52<br />
32</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>54<br />
27</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>73<br />
12</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>49<br />
31</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>62<br />
24</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>59<br />
25</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>66<br />
22</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Source:    Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007</p>
<p>There may be some comfort for the press in  knowing that even fewer people think favorably of other organizations.  More people have positive opinions of their daily newspaper than of the  Supreme Court. Substantially more people think well of network news  programs (71%) than of Congress (45%), the Democratic Party (55%) or the  Republican Party (42%).<a><sup>4</sup></a></p>
<p>And some of the declining trust is associated  with views of the institution rather than of a single news media  company or journalist.</p>
<p>Most people say they dislike Congress, yet  most individual members of that body consistently win re-election.  Similarly, people dislike the media but like the media they pay  attention to.</p>
<p>But these criticisms of the press have become  part of a larger suspicion of the press, and believability of the press  is lower than in the 19990s.</p>
<p>No major category was exempt from the  public’s broad criticism in 2007, but cable television news and network  television news have suffered the greatest recent loss of good will.  From 2005 to 2007, the percentage of people who held a favorable opinion  about cable and network television news dropped 4 percentage points  (down to 75% for cable, 71% for the networks).<a><sup>5</sup></a></p>
<p>At first glance, major national newspapers  such as the New York Times fare worse than television. Only 60% of the  public has a favorable opinion of national papers, but the erosion of  support has slowed; the latest figure is a drop of only 1 percentage  point in the last two years.<a><sup>6</sup></a> And survey data leaves unclear how many of the people offering opinions actually see those newspapers.</p>
<p>There are a few bright spots in the data in  2007, and these seem to offer hints of the media’s value — and perhaps  to how the press might work to rebuild its bond with the public.</p>
<p>More Americans than in the five previous  years regard the press as highly professional. In a 2007 Pew Research  Center survey, the figure rose to 66%, up from 59% in 2005.<a><sup>7</sup></a> <strong> </strong></p>
<p>By nearly 2 to 1, Americans still believe in  the watchdog role of the press in keeping leaders from doing things they  shouldn’t.</p>
<p>And a larger percentage than was the case five years earlier believes the press is careful to avoid political bias.</p>
<p>But a majority still considers the press biased (55% in 2007; 59% in 2002).<a><sup>8</sup></a></p>
<p>And the press has done nothing to regain the  momentary surge in confidence it enjoyed in the weeks following the  September 11 attacks on the U.S.<a><sup>9</sup></a></p>
<p>The data suggest the public most trusted the  press – believed it professional, accurate, generally unbiased, even  moral – when the public depended on it most for information and perhaps  reassurance.</p>
<p><strong>Liking the Familiar </strong></p>
<p>Despite their general distrust, however,  people like the news media that they seem to know best, although even  these numbers are falling. About 80% of Americans have a positive  opinion of their local television news and of their local daily  newspaper. The public also does not always endorse the story choices  made by editors. In particular, a substantial part of the public (40%)  believes celebrity news gets too much attention. No other topic is cited  by even half as many people as getting too much play.<a><sup>10</sup></a></p>
<p>Many people also say they want a different  kind of reporting on presidential politics, at least based on what they  saw and read during the early months of the current campaign. A Pew  Research Center survey found that about 8 in 10 people wanted more  coverage of the candidates’ positions on issues. Our analysis of  campaign coverage during the first five months of 2007 found that most  stories focused, instead, on political fundraising, tactics and polling.</p>
<p>People were well aware they were not finding the coverage they wanted. A majority rated campaign coverage as only fair or poor.<a><sup>11</sup></a><br />
<a id="2" name="2"></a><br />
<strong>Television </strong></p>
<p>In general, news programs on network, cable and local broadcast television retain an enviable position in terms of public trust.</p>
<p>For national and international news, most  Americans turn on their televisions. About 6 out of 10 people say  television is their main source for that information. For this type of  news, the public by a small margin favors the networks over cable.<a><sup>12</sup></a></p>
<p>But usage patterns are changing, and they  bring changes in attitudes about news organizations. Consider, for  instance, differences between adults and school-age children in their  news habits. Most children, like most of their parents, turn to  television as the main source of national and foreign news, although the  children do not watch as much of it. Among that younger generation, the  percentage that relies on television is 55% for the children and 60%  for adults.<a><sup>13</sup></a></p>
<p>In second place – for adults as well as  children – is the Internet. One survey found newspapers tied with the  Internet, while others place newspapers third. We do not know how many  of those Internet users are, in fact, clicking on Web sites maintained  by television news organizations or by newspapers.</p>
<p>Among young people, the Internet also is  gaining over television as a source of presidential campaign news. Six  in 10 of those 18 to 29 years old cite television as one of their two  main sources for election news, down from 75% in 2004. Over that time,  the proportion citing the Internet has more than doubled – from 21% to  46%.<a><sup>14</sup></a><br />
<a id="3" name="3"></a><br />
For all parts of the television news industry,  another possible warning sign is the diminished star power of on-air  journalists. That may seem counter-intuitive, since many anchors,  correspondents and talk show hosts surely qualify as celebrities; their  employers advertise them as brand names. But none have as much  prominence in the role of a <em>journalist </em>as did some of their  counterparts in the mid-1980s. Compared to then, a smaller part of the  public can name the journalist they admire most. None are named by more  than 5% of the public.</p>
<p>America&#8217;s Favorite Journalists: Then and Now<br />
Percent of Survey Respondents</p>
<table border="1" width="315">
<tbody>
<tr>
<th width="109" scope="col">
<div>2007</div>
</th>
<th width="39" scope="col">%</th>
<th width="103" scope="col">
<div>1985</div>
</th>
<th width="36" scope="col">%</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Katie Couric</td>
<td>
<div>5</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Dan Rather</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>11</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Bill O&#8217;Reilly</td>
<td>
<div>4</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Walter Cronkite</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>6</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Charles Gibson</td>
<td>
<div>3</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Peter Jennings</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>6</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Dan Rather</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Tom Brokaw</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>4</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Tom Brokaw</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Barbara Walters</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>3</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Brian Williams</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>Ted Koppel</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Anderson Cooper</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
<td>Other</td>
<td>
<div>33</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Jon Stewart</td>
<td>
<div>2</div>
</td>
<td>None/Don&#8217;t Know/Refused</td>
<td>
<div>35</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Other</td>
<td>
<div>24</div>
</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">None/Don&#8217;t Know/Refused</td>
<td>
<div>44</div>
</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Source:    Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Today’s Journalists Less Prominent,” March 8, 2007.<br />
Note:    Figures for 2007 total more than 100% because respondents could name more than one journalist.</p>
<p>In 1987, Dan Rather as anchor of the CBS  Evening News was named by 11% of the public as their favorite  journalist. In 2007, CBS anchor Katie Couric topped the list, but with  only 5%. She was closely followed by Fox’s talk show host Bill O’Reilly  and ABC news anchor Charles Gibson. The top 10 also included Jon  Stewart, host of Comedy Central’s satiric news-related Daily Show.<a><sup>15</sup></a><br />
<a id="4" name="4"></a><br />
<strong>Attitudes of Internet Users </strong></p>
<p>Roughly a quarter of all Americans now get  news on a daily basis from the Internet, a figure bolstered by half the  U.S. population now having broadband at home.<a><sup>16</sup></a></p>
<p>This audience is more critical of  traditional news sources than other Americans. About 4 out of 10 have  unfavorable opinions of national newspapers (43%), network television  news (39%) and cable television news (38%).</p>
<p>Three out of 10 in the Internet news audience  have a low opinion of their local television news (32%) and their local  newspaper (29%). Those, too, are higher percentages than among people  who depend on traditional media.<a><sup>17</sup></a></p>
<p>For traditional news organizations, the  problem may not be as ominous as it seems. At least some Internet users  rely for news on Web sites maintained by the news organizations that the  users say they otherwise dislike.</p>
<p>For example, one out of four Americans (26%)  mention the Internet either first or second as their main source of  presidential campaign news. Of those, more than half (54%) cite at least  one of these three Web sites – MSNBC.com, CNN.com and Yahoo News. Both  MSNBC and CNN are divisions of mainstream news organizations; many  headlines and stories on Yahoo News, too, come from traditional news  organizations.<a><sup>18</sup></a> That points to a finding, long seen in the data and often not well  understood: trust in the press does not correlate necessarily to usage.  Often some of those most distrustful of media are its heaviest  consumers.</p>
<p>And the findings about Internet users raise  an intriguing question: what if some of the concerns people have with  traditional journalism are ameliorated by the Web technology?</p>
<p>The public values the Internet in part  because of its convenience. People like the ease with which they can  find what they want, when they want. And some Internet users clearly  prefer the Web as their news source for those reasons. It is less  important to them that the Web sites may largely replicate the coverage  being broadcast on television or published on newsprint — same content,  different format, apparently different levels of satisfaction.<br />
<a id="5" name="5"></a><br />
<strong>Partisan Gap among the Public</strong></p>
<p>Then there is the question of partisan  divide. With growing intensity, Republicans express more skepticism than  Democrats about the fairness and accuracy of the media, and in 2007  some of those gaps grew to record size.</p>
<p>A far larger percentage of Republicans than  Democrats regard the press as too critical of the United States, 63% vs.  23%, a gap of 40 percentage points.</p>
<p>The polarization is nearly as sharp in  opinions about different news outlets. A smaller percentage of  Republicans than Democrats express positive views about their daily  newspaper (68% of Republicans, 86% of Democrats). Fewer like the  national papers (41% vs. 79%). The same goes for network television news  (56% vs. 84%).<a><sup>19</sup></a></p>
<p>The partisan divide changes, however,  depending on which party holds the White House. During Democratic  administrations, Republicans are more supportive than Democrats of the  press’ watchdog role over government. When the GOP controls the White  House, more Democrats than Republicans endorse that function.<br />
<a id="6" name="6"></a><br />
Thus in 2007, a majority of the public (58%)  believed press criticism did more good than harm, but there were  significant differences among Democrats (71%), Republicans (44%) and  independents (60%).<a><sup>20</sup></a></p>
<p>View of Watchdog Press Varies by President<br />
Percent Saying Press Criticism Does More Good than Harm</p>
<table border="1" width="512">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="80" scope="col"></td>
<th width="47" scope="col">1985</th>
<th width="51" scope="col">1989</th>
<th width="42" scope="col">1994</th>
<th width="44" scope="col">1997</th>
<th width="39" scope="col">1999</th>
<th width="38" scope="col">2001</th>
<th width="37" scope="col">2003</th>
<th width="29" scope="col">2005</th>
<th width="41" scope="col">2007</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row"></td>
<td colspan="2">
<div>Reagan/ Bush Sr.</div>
</td>
<td colspan="3">
<div>Clinton</div>
</td>
<td colspan="4">
<div>George W. Bush</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row"></td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>%</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Total</td>
<td>
<div>67</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>68</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>66</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>58</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>60</div>
</td>
<td>54</td>
<td>
<div>60</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>58</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Republicans</td>
<td>
<div>65</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>63</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>72</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>60</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>65</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>51</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>43</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>44</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>44</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Democrats</td>
<td>
<div>71</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>72</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>62</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>52</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>57</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>65</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>56</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>72</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>71</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Independents</td>
<td>
<div>64</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>72</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>66</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>59</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>55</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>64</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>65</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>65</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>60</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">R-D Gap</td>
<td>
<div><em> -6 </em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>-9</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>+10</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>+8</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>+8</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>-14</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>-13</em></div>
</td>
<td>
<div>-28</div>
</td>
<td>
<div><em>-27</em></div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Source: Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>The ideological differences extend to perceptions of political bias. Sharply higher numbers of<strong> </strong> Republicans than Democrats consider the press biased in its reporting (70% of Republicans vs. 29% of Democrats).<a><sup>21</sup></a></p>
<p>But while the partisan divide over bias  exists when it comes to the coverage of politics itself, here it is much  less pronounced. In 2007, 41% of Americans saw no bias in the election  coverage, but that figure included a significantly smaller percentage of  all Republicans (28%) than Democrats (47%) or independents (43%).</p>
<p>Where did people think the bias tilted? Here  the public is not so split. If there is a bias, more people think it is  liberal. Fully 50% of all Republicans say they detect Democratic bias.  But only 16% of Democrats (and 8% of independents) saw a tilt toward the  GOP.<a><sup>22</sup></a></p>
<p>Fewer See Pro-Republican Bias in Campaign Coverage<br />
Percent of Survey Respondents</p>
<table border="1" width="427">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="121" scope="col"></td>
<th width="53" scope="col">Jan 1988</th>
<th width="47" scope="col">Apr 1996</th>
<th width="51" scope="col">Jan 2000</th>
<th width="57" scope="col">Jan 2004</th>
<th width="58" scope="col">Late Dec 2007</th>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">In campaign coverage, more&#8230;</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>%</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Pro-Democratic Bias</td>
<td>
<div>9</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>20</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>19</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>22</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>25</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Pro-Republican Bias</td>
<td>
<div>10</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>14</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>13</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>17</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>9</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">No bias</td>
<td>
<div>58</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>53</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>48</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>38</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>41</div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td scope="row">Don&#8217;t know</td>
<td>
<div>23</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>13</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>20</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>23</div>
</td>
<td>
<div>25</div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Source: Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p>Despite the growing divide, people have not  lost faith in the idea of an independent press. Fully 67% of Americans  say they prefer to get news that has no particular point of view, and  the balance of opinion has not changed on this since 2004.</p>
<p>What is more, there are no significant  differences on this by party. About two-thirds of Democrats (65%),  Republicans (66%) and Independents (70%) say they like getting news that  has no point of view, rather than news that reflects their own  political outlook, although they might disagree as to which news reports  are neutral.<a><sup>23</sup></a><br />
<a id="7" name="7"></a><br />
<strong>Iraq</strong></p>
<p>Partisanship extends to opinions about press  coverage of Iraq. Even if the public sometimes seemed to argue about  the press’ role as a surrogate for arguing over the war itself, the  debate still hints at the concern about press bias and the media’s role  in a democracy.</p>
<p>A series of Pew surveys in 2007 consistently  found that about 4 out of 10 Americans believed the press was providing  an accurate picture of events in Iraq, and results from other polling  organizations were about the same.</p>
<p>More people have confidence in the military (55%) to give an accurate picture of the war than the press (42%).<a><sup>24</sup></a></p>
<p>Journalists themselves give their coverage  higher marks, a difference that is a reminder of the contrast between  how the public views the media and how journalists view their own work.  In a PEJ survey of journalists with recent experience in Iraq, 70%  believed their coverage over all gave an accurate picture of events  there. About one in six (15%) believed the coverage made the situation  look better than it was. Hardly any (3%) believed it was too negative.<a><sup>25</sup></a></p>
<p><strong>Conclusion </strong></p>
<p>Nothing occurred in 2007 to change the now  deep impression that Americans have formed that the press is an  institution of immense power that should be viewed with suspicion. And  looking ahead, the even more skeptical view of the Internet audience,  and the problems and cutbacks facing the profession, offer a grim  forecast that this might somehow quickly change.</p>
<p>But one impression that people may have is  false: Since the new millennia, and as the media began to undergo an  extraordinary revolution, those views have not changed or gotten more  negative.</p>
<p>Despite what some might think, the view of the press heading into 2008 has in many ways become stable.</p>
<h2>Footnotes</h2>
<p><a name="1"></a></p>
<p>1.   McClatchy Washington Bureau, Nov. 30, 2007. <a href="http://www.mcclatchydc.com/234/story/22376.html">http://www.mcclatchydc.com/234/story/22376.html</a></p>
<p><a name="2"></a></p>
<p>2.    Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p><a name="3"></a></p>
<p>3.     Ibid</p>
<p><a name="4"></a></p>
<p>4.     Ibid</p>
<p><a name="5"></a></p>
<p>5.   Ibid</p>
<p><a name="6"></a></p>
<p>6.     Ibid</p>
<p><a id="7" name="7"></a></p>
<p>7. Ibid</p>
<p><a id="8" name="8"></a></p>
<p>8. Ibid</p>
<p><a id="9" name="9"></a></p>
<p>9. Ibid</p>
<p><a id="10" name="10"></a></p>
<p>10. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, Pew Weekly News Interest Index Poll, October 12, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=362" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=362</a></p>
<p><a></a>11. Project for Excellence in Journalism, “The Invisible Primary – Invisible No Longer,” October 29, 2007. <a href="http://journalism.org/node/8189#_ftn2" target="_blank">http://journalism.org/node/8189#_ftn2</a></p>
<p><a id="12" name="12"></a></p>
<p>12. In three polls conducted during 2007 by the Pew Research Center  for the People &amp; the Press and by the Pew Global Attitudes Project,  those relying on television for national and international news ranged  from 56% to 62%.</p>
<p><a id="13" name="13"></a></p>
<p>13. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, Pew Weekly News Interest Index Poll, May 23, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=330" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=330</a></p>
<p><a id="14" name="14"></a></p>
<p>14. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Internet’s  Broader Role in Campaign 2008,” January, 11, 2008. Based on polling  conducted December 19-30, 2007. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384</a></p>
<p><a id="15" name="15"></a></p>
<p>15. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Today’s Journalists Less Prominent,” March 8, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="16" name="16"></a></p>
<p>16. About 70% of American adults use the Internet, and of those, 37%  on a typical day use the Internet to get news. Pew Internet &amp;  American Life Project, “Demographics of Internet Users,” <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/trends/User_Demo_6.15.07.htm" target="_blank">http://www.pewInternet.org/trends/User_Demo_6.15.07.htm</a>, and “Daily Interest Activities.” <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/trends/Daily_Internet_Activities_8.28.07.htm" target="_blank">http://www.pewInternet.org/trends/Daily_Internet_Activities_8.28.07.htm</a>. Broadband figure from Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project, <em>Why We Don’t Know Enough About Broadband in the U.S.<a href="http://pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf" target="_blank">http://pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf</a></em></p>
<p><a id="17" name="17"></a></p>
<p>17. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="18" name="18"></a></p>
<p>18. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Internet’s  Broader Role in Campaign 2008,” January, 11, 2008. Based on polling  conducted December 19-30, 2007.<a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384" target="_blank"> http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=384</a></p>
<p><a id="19" name="19"></a></p>
<p>19. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="20" name="20"></a></p>
<p>20. Ibid.</p>
<p><a id="21" name="21"></a></p>
<p>21. Ibid.</p>
<p><a id="22" name="22"></a></p>
<p>22. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Internet’s Broader Role in Campaign 2008.,” Q43, banner C. <a href="http://people-press.org/reports/pdf/384.pdf%20" target="_blank">http://people-press.org/reports/pdf/384.pdf </a></p>
<p><a id="23" name="23"></a></p>
<p>23. Ibid., page 22.</p>
<p><a id="24" name="24"></a></p>
<p>24. Pew Research Center for the People &amp; the Press, “Views of  Press Values and Performance: 1985-2007,” August 9, 2007.Also, Pew  Weekly News Interest Index Poll, November 9, 2007. <em><a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=370" target="_blank">h</a></em><a href="http://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=370" target="_blank">ttp://people-press.org/reports/display.php3?ReportID=370</a></p>
<p>NBC News /Wall Street Journal poll, conducted by Hart and Newhouse  Research Companies, April 20-23, 2007. Gallup Poll, December 18-20,  2006.</p>
<p><a id="25" name="25"></a></p>
<p>25. PEJ, “Journalists in Iraq: A Survey of Reporters on the Front Lines.” <a href="http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.journalism.org/files/PEJ%20FINAL%20Survey%20of%20Journalists%20in%20IraqWITH%20SURVEY.pdf</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/public-attitudes/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Special Reports – The Future of Advertising</title>
		<link>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/</link>
		<comments>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2008 20:41:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Brian Bailey</dc:creator>
		
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://stateofthemedia.org/</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Future of Advertising By Cathy Taylor and the Project for Excellence in Journalism For the first three quarters of 2007, the U.S. advertising market was basically flat. But those numbers tend to hide, rather than reveal, some of the bumpiest terrain the media marketplace has ever seen. Drill below the figures, and, in the [...]]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h1>The Future of Advertising</h1>
<p><em>By Cathy Taylor and the Project for Excellence in Journalism</em></p>
<p>For the first three quarters of 2007, the  U.S. advertising market was basically flat. But those numbers tend to  hide, rather than reveal, some of the bumpiest terrain the media  marketplace has ever seen.</p>
<p>Drill below the figures, and, in the  summation of one ad executive, the ad market as we’ve known it — where a  30-second commercial is the coin of the realm — is in “chaos.”<a><sup>1</sup></a></p>
<p>Talking to ad executives, one gets the sense  that few know how to cope even with the changes to the media landscape  that have already happened, let alone the ones that are still to come.</p>
<p>Simply put, the concept of mass media has ended. It is less clear what will replace it and how advertising will play a role.</p>
<p>What was once a matter of big media companies  handing out content when and where it was most advantageous has morphed  into a lengthy menu of à la carte options, with consumers deciding  when, where and how they see, hear or read their selections.</p>
<p>For users of media, this opening of the  floodgates may well create information and entertainment nirvana. But,  for advertisers, what was once the fairly easy job of planning and  buying across a handful of options has turned into a Rubik’s Cube of  twisting and turning possibilities.</p>
<p>An advertiser of a deodorant targeted toward  teen males may still advertise on network television, and may even fork  over several million dollars for ads run during the Super Bowl. But  given the well-documented flight of teen males to video games, the  Internet and text messaging, the same advertiser might question whether  it is better off embedding its brands into a gaming environment,  developing its own game, posting its commercials on YouTube, or  sponsoring mobile phone delivery of sports scores. It also might decide  to avoid network entirely in favor of teen male-targeted cable  programming such as Spike TV.</p>
<p>“We used to be in the trucking business. We  used to take ads and commercials and deliver them,” says Charlie Rutman,  CEO of North American Operations at MPG, which controls over $3 billion  in U.S. ad spending annually. (For more details on the emergence of  media agencies, <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/#agency">see below</a>.)</p>
<p>While ad executives know that trucking analogy is no longer accurate, they aren’t really sure what is replacing it.</p>
<p>It is even less clear if advertisers need  news and entertainment media at all anymore. In the Internet age,  advertisers often reach consumers with on their own Web sites, post  their commercials to YouTube or engage in word-of-mouth campaigns.  Advertisers no longer have to depend on paid media to distribute their  messages.</p>
<p>While this might seem an opportunity, the  reality is that the advertising world is no better prepared to deal with  this rapid-fire change than are the news media.</p>
<p>For the moment, we are mostly seeing change  that comes in fits and starts. Meanwhile, massive changes are occurring  at the consumer level.<br />
<a id="1" name="1"></a><br />
<strong>By the Numbers </strong></p>
<p>When taken over all, the numbers for 2007 seem less remarkable.</p>
<p>According to TNS Media Intelligence, only  three of the broad categories it measures show an increase in spending  over the first three quarters of 2007.<a><sup>2</sup></a> Its latest available data show magazines up 4.7%, the Internet up 17.2%  and outdoor up 4.4%. Television, with the exception of cable, is down,  with network television showing the biggest decline, 3% for the year.  Radio is showing slight slippage, down 1.8% over all.</p>
<p>Freestanding inserts — such as Sunday  circulars — are down by 1%, and then there are newspapers, which show  the biggest declines of all. TNS pegs the entire category as down 5.2%  for just the first three-quarters of 2007, following a decline of 2.4%  for all of 2006. “That’s a bad business to be in right now,” says Jon  Swallen, TNS’ senior vice president for research.</p>
<p>The upward tick in magazine spending, which  may seem somewhat of a surprise given recent headlines about the decline  of print, obscures some weaknesses, particularly in  business-to-business magazines, down 5.5%, and local magazines, down  3.4%. According to data from the Publishers Information Bureau, the  growth comes in big, mainstream advertisers that often target consumer  magazines; 9 of the 12 major magazine advertising categories were up.  The top spending category &#8212; drugs and remedies &#8212; increased by 7.1% to  nearly $2.6 billion.<a><sup>3</sup></a></p>
<p>The underlying reason for many of the  downward spending trends is digital technology, which has, effectively,  splintered mass media.</p>
<p>Usually, when people hear the word digital,  they think of the Internet. But as it applies to media, the Internet is  only one example of how digital is changing everything. This is the  technology that has allowed the increasing penetration of digital video  recorders (such as TiVo), which make possible what is known as  time-shifting (the practice of watching a television program after it’s  aired, rather than live). It’s one reason that the print versions of  newspapers, whose content can now be found more quickly online, have  been so hobbled. It’s also behind the resurgence in outdoor advertising,  since digital technology allows companies like ESPN to beam sports  stats to the tops of taxi cabs.</p>
<p><strong>Accountability </strong></p>
<p>With all that complexity, digital  technology also brings the advertising industry closer to its holy  grail: to finally know whether and which ad expenditures are working,  and whether the prices that media companies demand for their time and  space are reasonable.</p>
<p>Is it possible an advertiser such as Procter  &amp; Gamble can actually spend almost $5 billion annually — in the U.S.  alone — and not know whether it was worth the investment?<a><sup>4</sup></a> The answer is a (qualified) yes. In fact, perhaps the best-known quote  in the advertising business isn’t Nike’s iconic campaign theme “Just do  it,” but this: “Half of the money I spend on advertising is wasted; the  trouble is, I don’t know which half,” attributed to John Wanamaker, the  Philadelphia retailer who died in 1922. In 2007, that would still hold  true.<a><sup>5</sup></a></p>
<p>Television commercials and whimsical print  ads may have sold a lot of VW Beetles, but advertisers have never been  able to draw direct lines between cause (the running of an ad) and  effect (whether and how it moved product), at least not without relying  on spottily accurate consumer studies. An advertiser may, for instance,  have been able to see an up-tick in sales after spending tens of  millions of dollars to get the word out about a new product, but not  whether the ads it bought on ABC during “Extreme Makeover: Home Edition”  were more effective than the print ad it ran in People magazine, or the  cable buy that ran on the Lifetime and TLC channels.</p>
<p>With digital, in contrast, advertisers can  more accurately than ever before track the number of people who viewed  an ad, clicked on it and maybe even bought product online. This also  gives advertisers a clearer picture of what they should pay for an ad.</p>
<p>In online search (<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_special_advertising.php?cat=0&amp;media=13#10">see sidebar</a>),  for instance, specifically the “sponsored link” advertising that is  dominated by Google, advertisers can now tell precisely which of their  search ads are working. To put it simply, if consumers are interested in  an ad, they click; if not, they don’t.</p>
<p>Even YouTube gives advertisers a tantalizing  proxy for their ads’ popularity, albeit through data that are strictly  unscientific. YouTube is also a way for advertisers to skip traditional  media, including journalism, to disseminate their messages. One  Starburst commercial from 2007, which featured a strange little lad who  loves the new Berries ’n’ Crème flavor, resulted in at least 10 million  hits on YouTube alone — and consumers posted the ad to YouTube before  the ad agency did. The chilling aspect of that for media companies is  that <em>not one media dollar</em> changed hands in exchange for all those eyeballs.</p>
<p>This ability to get much more granular data  and the pressure felt by chief marketing officers to justify their ad  dollars have made ad spending accountability the No. 1 priority among  marketers today.</p>
<p>“Accountability has gone from a buzzword to  something that is much more expected in marketing and advertising  spend,” says Matt Freeman, CEO of Tribal DDB, a digital offshoot of the  ad agency DDB Worldwide, part of Omnicom Group. “That has led to a  client shift to more addressable media.” More addressable media usually  means anything digitally trackable, from online display ads to offline  ads that ask cell phone users to text-message the advertiser to win a  prize. Adds Denise Warren<strong>,</strong> chief advertising officer of  The New York Times Media Group, “The [chief marketing officer] has to  really show that their marketing spend is delivering results.”</p>
<p><strong>Why Madison Avenue Is Slow to Change </strong></p>
<p><em> </em>The revolution, however, may not  happen as fast as some might think. Traditional media having trouble  transitioning to the new landscape may be heartened by the fact that the  advertising world is also not changing business models as fast as  consumers are adapting to new technologies. Asked how well the  advertising community is adapting to change, Randall Rothenberg, CEO of  the Interactive Advertising Bureau, a trade group, responded, “Badly.  The structure of the agency business has not kept pace with the needs of  marketers.”</p>
<p><strong> </strong>And it’s not just agencies –  it’s every industry associated with advertising, be it measurement  companies, media companies or marketers. One reason is the sheer  complexity of steering the business models of mammoth organizations  toward a digital world that is itself constantly evolving.</p>
<p>This is how Greg Smith, chief operating  officer of Neo@Ogilvy, a digital media offshoot of WPP Group’s Ogilvy  Worldwide that announced a top-to-bottom structural overhaul, sketches  out the differences in how traditional media and digital media would  tackle buying advertising: In traditional media, five people might be  responsible for spending $100 million in network and cable television, a  task that requires planning and buying the media, ensuring the  commercials get to the networks in question and measuring traffic. In  digital media, those same five people might be responsible for a budget  of only $1 million that involves 1,000 ad placements, the buying of  5,000 keywords on search engines, and tracking and changing the campaign  based on the data that come back. Some marketers do this on a daily  basis, and many more weekly, making this a continuing, time-consuming  task.</p>
<p>Given that agencies have traditionally been  compensated as a percentage of the overall media spend, digital media  present a mind-bending challenge. As the person in charge of day-to-day  operations, Smith has to constantly assess and question whether the  agency operates in ways that make sense in an ever-changing digital  world. “Boy, does that make me popular around these halls,” says Smith.<br />
<a id="9" name="9"></a><br />
The other issue is the number of bodies advertising and media companies can throw at the transition.</p>
<p>According to an analysis of Bureau of Labor  Statistics data by Advertising Age, as of October 2007, the number of  jobs in advertising and marketing services was down 1.1% from its peak  during 2000, the year the Internet bubble burst, and one of every eight  jobs in media has vanished.<a><sup>6</sup></a></p>
<p>And the skill set most in demand — digital  technology savvy — is also the hardest to come by for both marketers and  agencies. Says Steve Farella, president and CEO of the media boutique  TargetCast tcm, “Digital agencies or digital groups [within marketers],  no matter where you are, are probably understaffed by 15 to 20 to 25%,  so that’s actually holding us back.”</p>
<p>In the near term, industry insiders expect  how advertising is bought will remain bifurcated, despite advertiser  passion for new media options. The rise in digital media and its promise  of accountability have prompted advertisers to send more and more of  their dollars there. But the marketplace is slow to change, both because  of institutional resistance and the lack of a fully realized model that  gives advertisers a completely accurate account of consumer viewing and  decision-making.</p>
<p>With the Internet far and away the most  built-out digital advertising platform, it’s clear that it is the tail  wagging the old media dog, and nothing on the horizon, save for a  micro-chip shortage, could conceivably change that.</p>
<p>With that, let’s take a look at how individual media are faring and why.<br />
<a id="2" name="2"></a> <strong><br />
Internet </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong>The Internet’s influence on other media is far greater than the actual dollars that, at this point, go toward it.</p>
<p>Internet spending accounted for only $8.4  billion of the $108 billion in total ad spending during the first three  quarters of 2007, or less than 8%, surpassing only radio (at $8  billion), and less significant media such as outdoor and freestanding  inserts.<a><sup>7</sup></a> But that statistic comes with a rather large caveat: It does not  include search advertising. That in itself illustrates how companies  have not kept up with the digital explosion. TNS hasn’t yet perfected  its ability to track searches, or other even newer ad forms, such as  online video.</p>
<p>Numbers from Nielsen Monitor-Plus, which also  do not include search, are even less generous, but confirm the general  trend. They put Internet spending at $5.4 billion during the first three  quarters of 2007, for a year-on-year increase of 15.9%.</p>
<p>A more complete number is provided by the  Interactive Advertising Bureau, which releases online ad revenue on a  quarterly basis from PriceWaterhouseCoopers. It pegs Internet spending  for the first three quarters of 2007, including searches and online  video, at $15.2 billion, up almost 26% from the same period in 2006.  Even comparing that larger figure against TNS numbers for other media,  online doesn’t yet approach the spending figures for newspapers ($19.2  billion), and magazines ($21.8 billion), and is still a far cry from  network television ($46.4 billion).</p>
<p>Advocates of the Internet as an advertising  medium believe that should change. The reason, they say, is that the  amount of money that goes to online advertising spending in no way  matches consumer consumption of it. According to the Internet  Advertising Bureau’s Rothenberg, on average people spend 22% of their  day online. Even taking the Internet Advertising Bureau’s more  comprehensive spending number for TNS’ more limited estimate, only about  13% of ad spending goes online</p>
<p>There’s no law that says ad spending by  medium should match consumer consumption, but still the gap between  consumer and advertiser reality here is sizable. Wouldn’t advertisers  want their messages to be placed in some rough approximation of where  the consumers are?</p>
<p>Ad executives say the reasons for the gap  have to do with the nature of change. Jeff Lanctot, senior vice  president of global media at digital agency Avenue A/Razorfish, says  marketers lag in reacting to revolutions in consumer behavior. “When  they double their [digital] budget from 2006-07, they think that’s very  aggressive,” Lanctot says.</p>
<p>As one indicator of the gap, Nielsen  Monitor-Plus’ list of the top 10 advertisers in the U.S. bears little  resemblance to the list of top online advertisers from Nielsen Online,  AdRelevance. It might make sense for many of the biggest overall ad  spenders to also be the biggest spenders online. Instead, only one  advertiser, AT&amp;T, was recently on both lists. While the overall list  was dominated by companies such as Procter &amp; Gamble, General Motors  and Verizon, the online list included digital-friendly advertisers such  as Experian, Countrywide Financial, Netflix and Dell.</p>
<p>Despite the gap, advertisers are well aware  that consumers are gravitating to the Internet. “The biggest shift we  have seen is the consumer is spending more and more time online. We are  seeing significant growth in digital and it continues to grow year on  year,” says Michele Hughes, director of interactive marketing for global  business services and consumer solutions at P&amp;G. “The other key  difference is that with so many media options, the consumer can now  engage on their own terms. Our challenge and opportunity is to be  accessible to the consumer when and where they are most receptive.”</p>
<p>The gap may close more quickly now that the  Internet is no longer a dial-up medium for most consumers. With  broadband penetration in the U.S. currently hovering at about 50%,  according to the Pew Internet Project, advertisers can now use the  Internet for video, text or display.<a><sup>8</sup></a></p>
<p>That in turn should lead to more video. The  Internet’s ability to provide advertisers with sight, sound and motion  has led to predictions of explosive growth in online ad video. The  research firm Borrell Associates predicted in a 2008 outlook report that  local online video will more than triple this year, jumping from  slightly more than $400 million to $1.3 billion.<a><sup>9</sup></a> According to figures from the Internet Advertising Bureau and  PricewaterhouseCoopers, broadband video accounted for only 1%, or $100  million, of total online ad revenue in the first half of 2007.<a><sup>10</sup></a></p>
<p>And then there’s accountability. Even when  consumers don’t click on the ads they see — and for the most part, with a  click rate at well under 1%, they don’t — the Internet can give much  more voluminous data than older media. “It’s very measurable, so that  makes it easier to justify your buy,” explains Christine MacKenzie,  executive director of multi-brand marketing and agency relations at  Chrysler.<a><sup>11</sup></a></p>
<p>Nielsen, though highly regarded, still  determines billions of dollars in television ad spending based on a  panel of approximately 10,000 U.S. homes. Although there are certainly  other companies that help advertisers determine offline advertising  effectiveness, an Internet advertiser can learn how many users saw its  advertising in a dizzying number of ways: across multiple sites, whether  a user clicked on it, the amount of time spent with an individual ad,  where they came from and went to, and many other variations on data.  They can target sports enthusiasts in Dallas whose online behavior  indicates they are deep in the process of buying cars, or pregnant women  in Maine looking for baby furniture, by buying ads that will only be  displayed in the areas of sites, such as NBC’s iVillage, that focus  solely on the topic.</p>
<p>As with television, most online display  advertising is bought solely on the number of impressions — in other  words, the number of people who actually saw it. Where the Internet  differs substantially from television is that players such as  Nielsen/NetRatings and comScore that tally Internet traffic aren’t  nearly as important — they are only two among many in a much more  complicated measurement universe. Companies such as Microsoft’s Atlas  and DoubleClick, which Google set out to acquire in 2007, pending  regulatory approval, serve clients’ ads to sites and also track them,  making it easier to change campaigns as they proceed.</p>
<p>Thus, it’s what can be learned from the volumes of data, not the buying procedure, that makes the difference.<br />
<a id="3" name="3"></a><br />
<strong>Network TV</strong></p>
<p>Despite the evidence that a search-style ad  auction market is spilling over into other media, one medium that seems  immune to new ad buying models is network television.</p>
<p>If old habits die hard, than they die hardest  in the ad industry when it comes to buys on ABC, CBS, Fox, NBC and Time  Warner’s CW. Not only is business conducted much the same as it has  been for years, but the networks are also somewhat unaffected by their  own declining audience.</p>
<p>According to TNS Media Intelligence, network  television spending was off by 3% for the first three quarters of 2007.  Nielsen has network television suffering a 2.5% decline. That’s nothing  to write home about, of course, but the declines don’t compare to  continuing drop-offs in viewership.</p>
<p>For the first 11 weeks of the 2007-08  television season, prior to the effects of the fall 2007 Writers Guild  of America strike, Nielsen data show viewer declines for the crucial  18-to-49 age group of 19.4% for NBC, 16.7% for CBS, 10.5% for ABC and  28.6% for CW.<a><sup>13</sup></a> Only Fox improved, with a 3.4% gain. (The ratings have been partly  affected by a change in how television is measured by Nielsen, (<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008-special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/#measurement">see Measurement, below</a> ), now expanded to include DVR viewing in the first three days after a  program airs, and to rate commercials, rather than programs.)</p>
<p>Why would advertisers pay more, or the same, for less?</p>
<p>It would be easy to pin the answer on  habit, but, with billions of dollars at stake, that’s too simplistic.  The best explanation is that it’s hard to find anyone, even among the  most digitally savvy, who doubts television’s persuasive power.  “Television is the only medium where a mediocre commercial can sell a  lot of product,” says Gene DeWitt, a media agency executive and founder  of DeWitt Media Strategies.</p>
<p>And although network television is by no  means as powerful as it was, advertisers don’t have another place to  turn to get out that big message created to reach millions. The  Internet, despite its popularity, is not that medium. It splinters its  audience in millions of directions from the moment they log on, so while  it is great for targeting to ever-smaller niches, television still  excels at blasting out a huge, quick message. The first step to buying a  product is knowing it exists, and television is still seen as the  leader in doing that en masse.</p>
<p>There’s no more high-profile example of this  than the Super Bowl, which has evolved since the mid-1980s into the  annual premier advertising showcase and, not coincidentally, also draws  the biggest television audience of the year. The 2008 Super Bowl saw the  price for a 30-second spot hit $2.7 million; in 2007 it was around $2.4  million, and those in the market see no indication that the big game &#8212;  one of the last live, must-watch annual television events &#8212; will  lessen in advertising importance.<a><sup>14</sup></a> “People don’t time-shift and watch the Super Bowl three days later,”  says Francois Lee, vice president and activation director at media  buying agency MediaVest, a unit of Publicis Groupe.</p>
<p>Advertisers’ continuing ardor for  television is best expressed in the way the entire ad market is  conducted, and that’s primarily through the advanced selling season held  each spring, known as the upfront, which dictates much of the  television networks’ financial fortunes for the next year. (For more  details on <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_special_advertising.php?cat=0&amp;media=13#upfront">how the upfront works, see sidebar.</a>)  Most of the networks’ inventory of advertising time is sold during the  upfront. The remainder is sold closer to airtime in what’s known as the  scatter market, which is usually more expensive, and offers advertisers  decreased options.</p>
<p>The upfront “sort of stabilizes the market,”  explains Jonathan Nelson, who advises advertising holding company  Omnicom Group on its digital strategy. “The networks like to know what  their revenue is going to look like, and in exchange for that they’re  willing to discount.”</p>
<p>The television networks don’t operate with  immunity, however. The writers strike potentially threatened the  networks not only with large amounts of make-good air time for lost  commercials but also with mass refunds to advertisers. (NBC did give out  fourth-quarter refunds to some advertisers in December 2007.) And even  the traditionally lavish upfront productions are in jeopardy in 2008, as  at least one network, NBC, reassesses whether the costly spectacle is  worth its expense in advertisers and press. The upside is that 2008 is a  quadrennial year, with the summer Olympics in Beijing and, to a lesser  extent the presidential elections, expected to boost network fortune.</p>
<p>According to CBS Chief Research Officer  David Poltrack, the networks’ de facto forecaster, network revenues will  increase by 7% with an underlying growth rate of 5%, adjusted for the  Olympic boost. TNS is more cautious at 2.7%. Either way, the broadcast  networks should do better than they did last year.<br />
<a id="4" name="4"></a> <strong><br />
Cable TV </strong></p>
<p>The outlook for cable advertising is one of the strongest over all.</p>
<p>Its numbers for the first three quarters of  2007 show a 4.7% increase to $12.7 billion, according to TNS Media  Intelligence, while Nielsen Monitor-Plus reported a more meager 1.2 %  increase.</p>
<p>According to analysis from the medium’s trade  group, the Cabletelevision Advertising Bureau, cable’s share of the  overall television advertising pie grew from 36.8% in the second quarter  of 2004 to 40.3% three years later. During the same period, network  television dropped to 51.2% from 54.1%.</p>
<p>Still, like the Internet, cable television lags in terms of ad spending vs. viewership.</p>
<p>More people at any one time are now watching  commercial cable television than broadcast network. During the last week  of December 2007, for instance, 60.8% of the overall television  audience was watching cable, according to data from Nielsen’s Galaxy  service. (That does not mean the average cable channel’s ratings are  comparable to a broadcast network’s. On cable, the audience is scattered  over dozens of channels, not among four or five network channels.)</p>
<p>The spending on cable advertising thus has  room to grow. “Nationally, cable in prime-time TV probably has 62% of  the salable GRPs [Gross Rating Points],” said Sean Cunningham, president  and CEO of the Cabletelevision Advertising Bureau. “Right now, we’ve  got 52% of the dollars.”</p>
<p>Some think the gap will close.</p>
<p>Cunningham said the Olympics and the  presidential elections in 2008 will create high demand for ads on the  broadcast networks, causing dollars to flow to cable<strong>. </strong>Also,  as network television deals with the large volume of make-goods caused  by the writers’ strike, the availability of advertising time will  tighten, Cunningham said.</p>
<p>Cable viewers also do more “live” viewing and  new data show that people are more apt to watch commercials when they  aren’t watching something they have recorded on DVR, said Cunningham,  adding that that’s a lure for advertisers.</p>
<p>TNS’ Jon Swallen says local television money  also has been drifting to cable, as smaller advertisers realize they can  get a national footprint and distribution for the same amount they  would spend targeting individual markets. “Local TV stations —  particularly in larger markets — have been facing increasing competition  from an unlikely source,” he says. “And that unlikely source is cable  networks.”<br />
<a id="5" name="5"></a> <strong><br />
Local TV Advertising (Spot) </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong>Jon Swallen’s insight may  make it sound as though things are bleak for spot TV, the industry term  for advertising sold on local stations. Not so, at least for 2008: TNS  Media Intelligence believes spot TV ad spending will increase by 9.9%  this year, second only to the Internet.</p>
<p>Spot may be the most cyclical of ad media,  since its fortunes wax and wane with election years. A presidential  election year like 2008, with no incumbent and an open field, may be  optimal, since the candidates pour money into advertising on local  stations during the primary season.</p>
<p>It certainly has been a boon to television  stations in Iowa, where TNS estimates candidates spent $40 million  leading up to the January 2008 caucuses, three times more than four  years ago.<a><sup>15</sup></a> “We will outperform the ad market in ’08, whatever it is,” predicts  Chris Rohrs, president of the Television Bureau of Advertising, the  trade organization that represents local broadcasters.</p>
<p>But the medium’s cyclical nature also  contributed to its posting the biggest declines in the television  industry. TNS puts the drop in ad revenue at 6.8% to $11.2 billion in  the first three quarters of 2007, and Nielsen Monitor-Plus estimated a  5% decline in the top 100 spot markets alone.<a><sup>16</sup></a></p>
<p>The other culprit, according to Rohrs, was a  decline in automotive spending, which contributes much to the bottom  line of local stations, mostly in the form of dealer advertising. “We  did not anticipate the softness in the automotive business,” he said.</p>
<p>The automotive industry, particularly the  domestic carmakers, may be the best poster children for the changes in  media as a whole. Ford, General Motors and Chrysler, beset by such  factors as bulging healthcare costs for retirees and intense foreign  competition, have been cutting their budgets substantially and putting  more of their advertising money in digital channels.</p>
<p>GM’s budget for the first nine months of 2007  was down a stunning 22.2% to $1.4 billion; Ford shaved its budget by  4.3% to $1.2 billion, and Cerberus, now parent company to the Chrysler  brands, slashed its budget by 11.3%, to $865 million. (Toyota did, too,  in the same time frame.)<a><sup>17</sup></a></p>
<p>During the first 11 months of 2007, according  to Nielsen Online AdRelevance, Ford increased its online ad budget to  $128 million, a gain of nearly 130%; GM to $121 million, for a gain of  38%, and DaimlerChrysler by 16.5% to $30.4 million.</p>
<p>The Internet is the first place serious car  buyers go to look for information. Thus, automotive advertisers have  usually led the way in exploring digital technologies.</p>
<p>In marketing, cars (along with other goods  and services such as computers and travel) are called “considered  purchases” since they require a high degree of mulling by consumers. The  Internet, with its ability to help people through the purchase process  with car configurators, financing calculators and detailed  specifications, is their medium of choice. “For our category, it’s  critical for us because we know that that’s about the first place  consumers go,” explains Betsy Lazar, executive director for advertising  and media promotion of General Motors.</p>
<p>What that means for advertising in other  media, over the long term, is hard to say. Rohrs sees much potential for  local television stations in their burgeoning online channels, which  may help counter-balance the dollars flying out of station owners’  pockets.<br />
<a id="6" name="6"></a> <strong><br />
Radio </strong></p>
<p>Compared to categories like network television and the Internet, radio is an also-ran.</p>
<p>According to Mary Bennett, executive vice  president of marketing for the Radio Advertising Bureau, the medium is  facing a by-now-familiar challenge. “All traditional media have their  challenges,” she said. “It’s called the upstart darling: the Internet.”<strong> </strong></p>
<p>In fact, the strongest growth story in the radio universe is the Internet.</p>
<p>In 2003, the Radio Advertising Bureau (RAB)  began to track what it terms “non-spot revenue,” which is revenue  streams apart from traditional advertising. The lion’s share of that  money is advertising from a radio station’s Web presence, which rose  from $1.3 billion in the first year of tracking to $1.5 billion in 2006,  growing by more than 15%. That trend continued into 2007, with non-spot  growing by 10% in the first three quarters of the year compared to the  year earlier.</p>
<p>The problem is that non-spot is one of the  smallest revenue generators in radio. Of the $21.7 billion the RAB says  the medium tallied in 2006, non-spot totaled only 7%.</p>
<p>Network radio, which is the category of ad  spending that comes from syndicated programming such as “The Rush  Limbaugh Show,” is radio’s other growth story, but it, too, is not a  huge contributor to its bottom line. For instance, 71% of revenue came  from local advertising, such as car dealers and retail outlets, in 2006.  Network’s contribution to the overall radio revenue pie in 2006 was 5%,  or $1.1 billion. In the first three quarters of 2007, network revenue  grew by 5%.</p>
<p>As for radio’s other revenue categories, they’ve barely budged since 2003.</p>
<p>National radio advertising, which pools and  sells ad time from some of the big station groups such as CBS Radio and  ABC/Disney, has ranged between $3.4 billion and $3.5 billion between  2003 and 2006, while local radio fluctuated from $15.1 billion to $15.6  billion. For 2007, Bennett says “the flagging economy [and] sub-prime  market has consumers worried beyond belief about the next step.”</p>
<p>TNS’ Jon Swallen sees the problem as “the  comparatively antiquated, backwater media measurement system that the  radio industry is saddled with.” Radio still relies on panel-based  written diaries to determine its ratings. In a world of trackable media,  that is quickly becoming a “competitive disadvantage,” Swallen said.</p>
<p>Moreover, an attempt by Arbitron, the Nielsen  of the radio business, to launch a new, theoretically more reliable  measurement system in 2007 has stalled.</p>
<p>The Arbitron Portable People Meter calls for a  panel of listeners to carry a device with them each day that can detect  radio signals and transmit the data back to Arbitron. (<em><a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_radio_audience.php?cat=2&amp;media=10" target="_blank">See Radio</a>.</em>)  In December, Arbitron retrenched after initial ratings — in some cases  coming in quite a bit lower than the diary-based ratings — angered some  stations.</p>
<p>“If you’re going to make a transition of this  magnitude that’s going to change the way you do business,” Arbitron  spokesman Thom Mocarsky said, “the industry should be cautious.”<br />
<a id="7" name="7"></a> <strong><br />
Newspapers </strong></p>
<p>Listen to advertising executives talk about the future of newspapers, and often they start with a long sigh.<strong> </strong></p>
<p>The first problem the medium faces is that  now people can easily find the content of newspapers elsewhere,  specifically online. “The substitutability paradigm hits newspapers  harder than anybody else,” said TNS Media Intelligence’s Senior Vice  President of Research Jon Swallen.</p>
<p>And that habit is particularly true among  young people, who get their news quickly and conveniently on the Web.  This fundamental shift in consumer behavior may be irreversible.<strong> </strong></p>
<p>According to TNS’ figures for the first nine  months of 2007, every subcategory — local, national and Spanish-language  — was down, with the medium’s domestic ad spending dropping from $20.3  billion in the first nine months of 2006 to $19.2 billion. The  category’s overall decline was 5.2%. (For more details, <a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_newspapers_economics.php?cat=3&amp;media=4" target="_blank">see  Newspaper Chapter</a><em>.</em>) And that came after a 2.4% decline in 2006 and a gain of only 1.1% in 2005.</p>
<p>Those longer-term numbers give a sense that  the end of newspapers as pre-packaged parcels delivered to our doorsteps  may not be far off. “Newspapers as we know them haven’t done anything  wrong,” says Charlie Rutman, CEO of North American Operations for media  buying agency MPG. “They haven’t gone backwards, but all these other  things have encroached on their territory.”</p>
<p>Chief among these many “other things”: Web  sites, like Craig’s List, that draw away classified ad customers. To  that, add the movement of some bedrock newspaper advertising categories  to other media.</p>
<p>At UBS’ Annual Global Media Conference in  December 2007, the Newspaper Association of America&#8217;s vice president for  business analysis and research, Jim Conaghan, explained, “Local auto  dealers are actually shrinking their advertising budgets and, within  those shrinking budgets year to year, are changing the media mix.” As  we’ve seen, the main place those budgets are going is online.</p>
<p>Other categories have slashed newspaper  budgets. As one example, Macy’s dropped its budget by 22.3% in the third  quarter of 2007, according TNS. One bright spot is telecommunications;  Verizon and Sprint both increased advertising budgets in the same time  frame, by 14.9% and 3.7%, respectively. However, AT&amp;T, which put a  lot of money into a branding campaign, chose to put that money in online  and television. In the third quarter, it cut its newspaper budget by  almost 20%.</p>
<p>“We’re going to see some major metros  collapse,” predicts Dave Morgan, who in February 2008 left AOL, where he  was executive vice president for global advertising strategy and worked  closely with many newspapers on online ad revenue efforts. “The costs  they cannot control are just extraordinary.”</p>
<p>And easily overlooked is the medium’s lack  of accountability compared to other, particularly digital, media.  TargetCast tmc’s Steve Farella said of one major metropolitan daily,  “They can’t tell you what the demographics of the sports section [are].  That’s huge.”</p>
<p>Michael Zimbalist, vice president for  research and development operations for the New York Times Company,  disagrees with the assertion that newspapers lag in accountability. “Of  the traditional media,” he said, “newspapers have generally been some of  the more trackable in many respects…. Retailers will tell you that you  run ads in the newspaper and you will see foot traffic in stores.”</p>
<p>Nonetheless, the pull toward online is  inevitable. Newspapers are investing there — to the extent that their  shrinking coffers allow. “It’s a generational thing, and I think both  [magazines and newspapers] are working feverishly to move their content  online as quickly as possible,” said Brad Adgate, senior vice president  for research for Horizon Media.</p>
<p>So will online advertising get to the point where it can revive newspapers, as a mainly digital product?</p>
<p>The Newspaper Association’s Conaghan believes the answer is yes.</p>
<p>“ What you’ve seen up to this point at many  newspapers is really adding the online buy to the print buy,” he said at  the UBS conference. “I think what you’re increasingly going to see in  the near-term and longer term future is that online sale being made  first and then kind of the print buy being an add-on to the online buy.”  For instance, if an advertiser was interested in using a newspaper  property to launch an online promotion, it might first decide that the  ad should appear in targeted portions of the newspaper’s Web site — a  sports advertiser, for example, might buy only in the sports section.  Once visitors clicked on the ad, they would go to a mini-site to  register for the promotion. The role of print in that scenario might be  to drive online traffic to the promotion, but it’s clearly secondary.</p>
<p>Some old-media companies are adapting to  meet advertisers’ multimedia needs. At the New York Times Company, for  instance, the sales force works with a customer to present and customize  all options, rather than sell them a particular one.</p>
<p>But there is a very long way to go. Although  the Times reported that its Internet revenue — which includes both its  newspaper Web sites and the content “guide” site About.com — was up  26.5% to $79.7 million in the third quarter of 2007 compared to the same  period in 2006, it still makes up only 10.6% of the total revenue, up  from 8.5% the year before.<a><sup>18</sup></a></p>
<p>Conaghan said at the UBS conference, “ I  would expect as digital businesses grow in all media, it will keep  increasing to take a larger and larger composition of newspaper ad  spending. When it reaches 20%, when it reaches 25%, I really don’t know.  I don’t think anybody else does either.”</p>
<p>Ultimately, there appears to be only one  certainty. “The only way to get through this transformation,” says  Morgan of AOL, “is to get in front of it.”<br />
<a id="8" name="8"></a> <strong><br />
Magazines </strong></p>
<p><strong> </strong>It might be time to ask the question: What is a magazine?</p>
<p>Judging by ad spending in 2007, the medium by  and large is healthy. But there was more talk than ever of  magazine-as-brand, as some leading publications crossed platforms to  gain readership — and advertisers.</p>
<p>According to the Magazine Publishers of  America, magazines over all announced 207 digital initiatives in 2007,  ranging from integrated marketing programs to building social networking  tools. That number is up from 155 in 2006.<a><sup>19</sup></a></p>
<p>There was no one big event in 2007 to single  out. Instead, the year saw a slow drip, drip, drip that has resulted in  most magazines trying to grasp audience wherever it is and through means  they once would have pooh-poohed.</p>
<p>The role of digital media is “to take the  brands strength and deliver it to people in a 24/7 manner,” said Ellen  Oppenheim, executive vice president and chief marketing officer of the  Magazine Publishers of America.</p>
<p>Some examples:</p>
<ul>
<li>Forbes launched an online audience network  to cull impressions from a number of sites that would make attractive  buys for advertisers.</li>
<li>Wired built a dedicated production studio  to produce its own online video. It also integrated its Web and magazine  staffs during the course of the year.</li>
<li>Vanity Fair now has exclusives on its Web  site. Visitors, for example, could see unpublished photos from the print  story about January 2008 cover girl Katherine Heigl.</li>
</ul>
<p>For some magazines seeing downward trends in  ad spending, these changes are crucial. For others, having a healthy  online presence is a way of hedging their bets.</p>
<p>For 2008, TNS predicts that the basic trends  of the past year will continue, with consumer and Sunday magazines up a  total of 3.6% and business-to-business magazines experiencing a  miniscule 0.1% decline.</p>
<p>So why is the medium’s overall performance so full of peaks and valleys?</p>
<p>To TNS’ Jon Swallen, it’s an example of what  he calls the concept of “substitutability” — the easier and faster it is  to replicate what an older media property delivers in another medium  (usually, these days, the Internet), the more vulnerable the property  is. Thus, advertisers are losing interest in the print newsweeklies,  both business-to-business and consumer.</p>
<p>Print ad revenue statistics from the  Publishers Information Bureau for the full year 2007 tell the story.  BusinessWeek’s ad revenue dropped 12.9% and Fortune by 10.5%, with only  Forbes bucking the trend among the major business newsweeklies, with a  7.9% gain. Time’s revenue was off 18.3% and Newsweek’s revenue dropped  slightly, by 1.8%.<a><sup>20</sup></a> On the b-to-b side, one notable trade magazine, Nielsen-owned Adweek,  said late in the year that it would decrease its frequency to 36 issues a  year to focus more on producing online content.<a><sup>21</sup></a></p>
<p>One way the category’s relative vibrancy  shows up is in the continuing quest by entrepreneurs to start up new  magazines. “We’re always being asked to add new magazines [to what we  track],” said Brian Lane, senior vice president of client strategy and  product development at Nielsen Monitor-Plus. “There are always new  magazines out there.” Despite the bright spots, however, even  non-newsweeklies are facing increasing pressure to make money — or else.  Among the notable shutdowns in 2007 were Time Inc.’s monthly Business  2.0 and Condé Nast’s House &amp; Garden magazine, which had trouble  competing in a market chock-a-block with shelter books.</p>
<p>Another bright spot is niche magazines that have a dedicated loyal audience for a specific topic.<a><sup>22</sup></a> Some examples: Audubon experienced a 29.7% growth in ad revenue in 2007  compared to 2006; Fit Pregnancy saw a 22.8% gain and Road &amp; Track  had an 11.2% increase. While the trends aren’t uniform, they generally  demonstrate an axiom that’s at least as old as television: As new media  come along, older media have to shift what they deliver.</p>
<p>In terms of overall ad categories, most of  the news is positive. In addition to big increases in the categories of  drugs and remedies during full year 2007, other substantial gainers  included food and food products, up 17% to more than $2.1 billion;  retail, up 10.3% to more than $1.9 billion; and toiletries and  cosmetics, up 11.9% to $2.6 billion.</p>
<p>But there are trouble spots in automotive,  technology and home furnishings and supplies, off in ad revenue by 2.1%,  9% and 8.2%, respectively.</p>
<p>For home furnishings and supplies, the  category may be suffering from a downturn caused by the beleaguered real  estate market, which is a cyclical situation. For automotive and  technology, however, it’s obvious that the Internet is one reason  dollars are being sapped away and that may be a longer-term problem. At  the annual meeting of the American Magazine Conference in October 2007,  Chrysler CEO Robert Nardelli told the crowd not to look for increases in  ad spending from his company.<a><sup>23</sup></a> Christine MacKenzie, executive director of multi-marketing and agency  relations at Chrysler, said. “For us, magazines still play a role.  Magazines are great, particularly during launching a product.” She  added, however, that their effectiveness at delivering lots of  information is something the Internet can do, too, often better.</p>
<p>The quest to gain readers and advertisers is  leading more and more publishers in unusual directions. For example,  CondéNet, the online unit of Condé Nast, was one of the launch  advertisers on Facebook Ads, where it has created presences for its  cooking site Epicurious and its teen girl-targeted site Flip.com; it  also signed an ad revenue-sharing deal late in 2007 with YouTube, and in  2006 bought Reddit.com, a social networking site that allows users to  vote on and share their favorite online content.</p>
<p>To Sarah Chubb, president of CondéNet, it’s  all about leveraging the Web’s easy distribution to build both audience  and advertisers. “A big goal with all of these distribution deals is to  have advertisers come along with us,” she says.</p>
<p>For instance, CondéNet has worked both online  and offline with the Diamond Trading Company, the company that brought  the world the slogan “A Diamond Is Forever.” The deal included print  advertising in shopping magazine Lucky, online advertising at Condé Nast  fashion site style.com, sponsorship of the style.com video area, and  offline distribution of the diamond company’s advertising through an  initiative called Emerging Cinemas, in which CondéNet video is screened  at art house film theaters across the country as a 10-minute feature  before the show. Long-form commercials, of more than two minutes, from  the diamond company were interspersed within the CondéNet video.</p>
<p>Though Condé Nast has had a cutting-edge  approach to incorporating advertisers into its properties, wherever they  are, it’s becoming increasingly clear that, as with other media  categories, magazines will live in a variety of media, with brands being  the thread that pulls the different content platforms together.<br />
<a id="measurement" name="measurement"></a> <strong><br />
Taking the Measure of Measurement</strong></p>
<p>While Nielsen Media Research is still the  standard for measuring television ratings, the quality and quantity  provided by digital measurement is giving it a run for its money, as  well as pushing measurement of every other ad-supported medium to  improve.</p>
<p><strong> </strong>Digital technology’s  ability to tell advertisers exactly who is accessing a specific  promotion at any given time is a far cry from the “sample” Nielsen  households that have held together the television industry.</p>
<p>“There is an awful lot of pressure on  mainstream media to keep up with the Internet,” says Brad Adgate, senior  vice president for research at Horizon Media. Magazines, newspapers,  cable television and radio are all trying to make their measurement  digital, or, at the very least, compare themselves favorably to digital  advertising vehicles.</p>
<p>Sarah Fay, an online media executive who took  the reins of the online and offline operations of Aegis Group’s Carat  USA in 2007, is painfully aware of the discrepancy. “Coming in fresh to  the broadcast market, the big question you ask is: Are the samples big  enough to be valid?”</p>
<p>To people who have spent their careers in  broadcast media, that may seem an odd question. Nielsen’s sample of  approximately 10,000 households (incorporating 30,000 viewers) of the  100 million households in the U.S. has satisfied the advertising  community well enough to justify tens of billions of dollars being spent  in TV each year. “We are still taking $65 billion (in TV ad spending)  off of panel-based measurement,” says Sean Cunningham president and CEO  of the Cabletelevision Advertising Bureau.</p>
<p>But as digital audiences grow, there’s more  concern not only about all of the households who aren’t in Nielsen’s  fold, but whether measurement data in every medium can stand up to newer  technologies. “There’s no question that technology is pushing us to a  lot of things,” says Nielsen spokeswoman Anne Elliott. “But we’re  developing technology that will help us on the way.”</p>
<p>What follows is a snapshot of how measurement is changing to try to meet the digital challenge.</p>
<p><strong><em>Television: </em></strong></p>
<p><em> </em><em>Nielsen’s C3 </em></p>
<p>At Nielsen, the biggest measurement news right now is what the media industry has come to call C3. (<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_special_advertising.php?cat=0&amp;media=13#C3">See sidebar</a><em>.</em>)</p>
<p>The new system rates commercials and all  viewing of a TV program – whether real-time, on a video game such Xbox,  or on a digital video recorder &#8212; within three days after it airs.</p>
<p>C3 also became the negotiating currency for  much of the 2007 upfront, meaning that audience guarantees to  advertisers were based on it, instead of the old currency, which  measured live program ratings.</p>
<p>Although not everyone wanted to limit viewing  to three days, a shorter time frame made sense for some time-sensitive  categories, like movies and retail. According to Elliott, “A significant  amount of playback does occur within those three days.”</p>
<p>Measuring time-shifted viewing is one C3 innovation. The second is that, for the first time, Nielsen is rating the <em>commercials</em> within each program. For advertisers, this finally gets at the question  of whether commercials, as opposed to programming, are being watched.  Still, C3 provides relatively rudimentary results, because it only gives  an average rating of all commercials within a program. It won’t tell,  say, whether a Budweiser ad featuring talking lizards did better than a  commercial for the car-care product Armor All.™</p>
<p>As Nielsen has converted to C3, the system  has offered up what seems to be a common result when a new measurement  is introduced: lower ratings.</p>
<p>According to data compiled from September to  early December 2007 by David Poltrack, chief research officer of CBS,  the four major broadcast networks saw prime-time audience drop by 9%  over all, 11% in the 25-to-54 age group, and 10% in the 18-to-49 age  group. The ratings for commercials dropped only slightly, by about 5%,  when people viewed them as part of live programming; about 60% skipped  past commercials when watching pre-recorded programming.</p>
<p>That’s not news that advertisers and  television executives particularly want to hear. But C3, which most view  as a transitional system, is still a signpost of what’s to come.<a><sup>24</sup></a></p>
<p><em>The Set-Top Box </em></p>
<p><em> </em>What the television and advertising  markets are really gearing up for is the ability to mine data about  viewer behavior directly from the set-top box — or the cable box, as  most consumers know it.</p>
<p>There are limitations. Even if the television  is off, the set-top box will still record whatever channel the cable  box is turned to as viewing data. But the potential is clear: every time  a television viewer changes channels using the set-top box, that data  are transmitted back to the cable operator. Until recently, that  information has never been used to target advertising. “We’re only a few  years away from a transformation of set-top boxes,” says Dave Morgan,  executive vice president for global advertising strategy for Time  Warner’s AOL.</p>
<p>The goal now is to use that data to provide  more accurate ratings and also place more targeted advertising – all in  ways that protect consumers’ privacy. “We’re looking at different ways  that we can look at the set-top box information,” says Nielsen’s  Elliott.</p>
<p>And it’s beginning to happen. Although  there are a number of initiatives, one that created headlines last year  was a deal among Nielsen, Google and EchoStar’s DISH Network to provide  second-by-second ratings information, which helps marketers, agencies  and media companies discover not only whether a commercial is being  watched, but also at what point viewers tune out.<a><sup>25</sup></a> For advertisers, this is crucial to rethinking their advertising. “In  other words, where within that 30-second ad are we losing people?” says  Todd Juenger, general manager and vice president for audience research  and measurement at TiVo.</p>
<p>While Google and EchoStar had already been  working together on Google TV Ads, Nielsen brought new information to  the table: demographic data, based on samples, to pinpoint the age,  gender and income of the people tracked.</p>
<p>Another headline-maker was a November 2007 agreement between NBC and TiVo.<a><sup>26</sup></a></p>
<p>One result of that deal is taking advantage  of TiVo’s Internet-like interactivity. NBC advertisers can buy clickable  tags when their ads appear on the network via TiVo; the results of  those clicks will then be reported back to advertisers.</p>
<p>The second component is that NBC said it  would subscribe to TiVo’s Stop/Watch service, a panel-based measurement  initiative, which, like the Google/Nielsen/EchoStar deal, gives  second-by-second measurement. “TiVo is sitting on some terrific data,”  says Juenger.</p>
<p>Google TV Ads is an experiment with an  automated, auction-based process for buying television advertising, in  conjunction with EchoStar, Wave Cable and Nielsen. Like Google Print  Ads, the service allows advertisers too small to warrant a call from  sales reps to buy television advertising online. What’s truly  interesting is the data the advertiser gets back: Google TV reports  whether people viewed an ad and when they tuned out.</p>
<p>It would be reasonable to question why all  major advertisers aren’t experimenting with set top devices. Some  contend that it’s because there are still advertising executives who  view too much knowledge as a bad thing. It’s no doubt scary for some to  finally face the truth of how ads are performing. “Who wants to be  incredibly accountable when you don’t have to be?” asks Omnicom Group’s  Jonathan Nelson.</p>
<p>Why is Google involved in television?  Google imagines a world where advertising is completely accountable. If  it can build accountability into models for all its clients across all  platforms, everyone wins &#8212; Google, by gaining even more revenue;  advertisers and agencies, with assurances their ad dollars are being  invested wisely, and publishers, by proving their properties are worthy  advertising vehicles.</p>
<p>At the UBS Global Media Conference in  December 2007, Tim Armstrong,  resident of advertising and commerce for  Google North America, explained how more accurate measurement helps  advertisers target and media companies sell more advertising. At a  former job, he said: “We had a Saturday morning fishing and hunting TV  program, which in the late ’90s you couldn’t sell, and in essence now  it’s sold out … the question is &#8212; was that inventory not valuable in  1998, and now it’s valuable in 2007? The answer is there probably was  not enough data and information at that time period to really show  advertisers why that inventory was really valuable.” Theoretically, at  least in the sales arena, every program has a value to advertisers; you  just need the data to prove it.</p>
<p>Google’s model does not answer the question: can advertising be 100% accountable?</p>
<p>A spokeswoman for Google, Deanna Yick, says,  “We think it can be.” But the ideal has its skeptics, who point out  that the idea may work better for ads calling for a consumer response,  such as dialing a toll-free number, than those aimed at building brand  awareness and image.</p>
<p>And, as radio is finding in its own attempt  at more digitally based measurement with its Arbitron Portable People  Meter, digital has its imperfections. (<a href="http://www.stateofthemedia.org/2008/narrative_radio_audience.php?cat=2&amp;media=10">See Radio Chapter</a>.)</p>
<p>“I don’t think we’ll ever get perfect  accountability,” says Charlie Rutman, CEO of North America Operations at  MPG, a unit of Havas.</p>
<p><strong><em>Print: Online Surveying </em></strong></p>
<p><em> </em>And then there’s print. How does a  medium that has no near-term prospect of being delivered digitally cope  with the digital challenge?</p>
<p>The answer is in several ways, which include  comparing how the medium performs in combination with, or in competition  with, digital platforms, and also by inserting digital technology into  the product.</p>
<p>Ellen Oppenheim, executive vice president and  chief marketing officer of the Magazine Publishers of America, says  online surveying — using the online medium to find out more about  readership — has been hugely popular among publishers. The trade  organization has also done a series of studies, including how magazines  help drive online success for advertisers.</p>
<p>Perhaps the most interesting experiment on  the boards in magazine research is one by research firm MRI (Mediamark  Research and Intelligence) to measure readership using RFID (radio  frequency identification) tags, which can then transmit data about  whether someone is reading a magazine back to headquarters.<a><sup>27</sup></a> “Accountability is the watchword,” says Kathi Love, the CEO of MRI. “Everybody wants proof that their ad was seen.”</p>
<p>The test, expected to start in early 2008,  will put RFID tags in magazines in some doctors’ waiting rooms, which  will be embedded into a plastic cover. Data will be transmitted back to  MRI through a Blackberry-size unit on the wall. It will not tell what  stories a reader spends time on; it will record whether a magazine is  opened and the amount of time it stays open. More detailed data will  come later, says Love.</p>
<p>The newspaper business announced a new measurement service called <a href="http://www.accessabc.com/resources/n_audience.htm">Audi ence-FAX</a> in November. A joint venture of the Newspaper Association of America,  Scarborough Research and the Audit Bureau of Circulation, the service is  merging online and offline audience data for newspaper properties to  give advertisers more complete data on each newspaper property’s impact,  regardless of which medium people are using to consume it. “ Getting  that kind of data into their hands is going to be critical if we are to  move past simply counting papers into counting people who consume what  we produce,” according to Audience-FAX.</p>
<p>More refined targeting brings with it a major  concern. Will consumer privacy be breached? There’s no simple way to  resolve that issue. The industry would prefer to self-regulate in large  part by targeting ads at consumers who agree to receive them or through,  say, Internet cookies, which track consumer behavior without revealing  identities.<a><sup>28</sup></a> But for now, the privacy debate remains largely unresolved.</p>
<p>Advances in measurement will march on.  Clearly the days of advertisers spending billions of dollars based on  broad strokes of data about audience are drawing to a close.<br />
<a id="agency" name="agency"></a> <strong><br />
From Advertising Agency to Media Agency </strong></p>
<p>Over the past decade, the explosion of new  digital platforms has provided advertising agencies with a staggering  array of options to help sell their clients’ messages.</p>
<p>Planning and buying media, once a  behind-the-scenes specialty within the advertising business, has taken  center stage to help advertisers sort through the smorgasbord of media  choices.</p>
<p>What is planning and buying, and what exactly does the key figure involved, the so-called media specialist, do?</p>
<p>Planning is the process of deciding where an  advertiser’s message will have the most impact: Are prospective  purchasers for a product watching prime-time network television,  listening to the radio, reading a niche magazine or surfing the Web?</p>
<p>Once an advertiser and agency have decided  where the campaign should appear, the buying phase starts. Buying is the  process of purchasing advertising, including such units as 30-second  broadcast television commercials, single-page print ads or Web banners.  This is not a simple trip to a media supermarket, but involves intense  negotiations, sometimes with hundreds of millions of dollars at stake.</p>
<p>And the weight of all those dollars has significantly shifted how advertising agencies operate.</p>
<p>Ad agencies once had several departments  under one roof: creative, where ads are designed and produced; media,  which plans the media strategy and buys the media where ads will appear,  and account services, which coordinates these activities on behalf of  the client. Most agencies also had a research department to gather  insights into what made consumers tick.</p>
<p>When media selections were limited to a few  television stations, consumer magazines, radio stations and newspapers,  the media specialty within the advertising business was the poor  stepchild. But that all changed in the 1990s, as media, and the business  of planning and buying it, started to become exponentially more  complex. Once working quietly behind the scenes, media specialists are  now edging out the creative people as the darlings of the ad world.</p>
<p>Today, media specialists have to decide not  only which older media channels are appropriate for their clients’  messages, but also whether the consumers they are trying to target are  best reached through social networking Web sites or search engines;  video and podcasts seen and heard on your laptop or PDA, or the  still-proliferating number of cable networks.</p>
<p>The rise of the media specialist also has led  to a fundamental structural change within the ad business. For the most  part, media is now handled not within the ad agency that creates the  ads but through a separate unit, known as the media agency, whose  complete focuses is on finding the right outlet for clients.</p>
<p>For the foreseeable future, the ad business looks as if it will be two businesses: the media agency and the creative agency.”</p>
<p>As MediaPost columnist Jack Feuer explained:  “In the old mass media world, everybody fished on the same three giant  oceans [the broadcast networks]. Nobody knew where the fish were or if  they were biting. So the difference between the fat fishermen and the  starving fishermen was who had the brightest lure &#8212; the best creative.”</p>
<p>Here’s one example of how drastically that has changed.</p>
<p>In 2004, Dove, the women’s skincare brand  made by Unilever, embarked on its “Campaign for Real Beauty,” a  continuing effort that from its inception has used a complex combination  of media to promote its twin messages. The first: Beauty comes in many  shapes and sizes. The second: Let’s start a discussion on how women  define beauty.</p>
<p>To get out those messages, the Dove brand leapt into the multi-media pool using the following outlets:</p>
<ul>
<li>Interactive billboards such as one in  Times Square, allowing viewers to use text messaging to vote on whether  the woman portrayed there was “wrinkled or wonderful.”</li>
<li>An online series, <a href="http://www.doverealitydiaries.com/" target="_blank">“Dove Realty Diaries,”</a> which features blogs and videos that follow four girls as they deal with self-esteem issues that arise during the teen years.</li>
<li>A Web site, <a href="http://www.campaignforrealbeauty.com/" target="_blank">campaignforrealbeauty.com</a>, that acts as a forum for visitors to discuss their concepts of beauty.</li>
<li>Viral videos, <a href="http://www.campaignforrealbeauty.com/flat4.asp?id=6909" target="_blank">“Dove Evolution,”</a> appearing online only, portraying how the beauty industry creates unrealistic images of beauty.</li>
<li>A 2006 Super Bowl commercial focusing on self-esteem issues.</li>
<li>National magazine advertising.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong> </strong>The budget numbers for the  campaign have not been divulged by the media agency, Mindshare, and the  creative agency, Ogilvy &amp; Mather.<a><sup>29</sup></a> But they will share some of the responses, which illustrate how deep and wide new audiences for a product can be.</p>
<p>During four years, nearly 4.5 million people  have visited the campaignforrealbeauty Web site. Since it had its debut  in early 2007, the viral video “Dove Evolution” has been viewed by more  than 12 million people on <a href="http://youtube.com/results?search_query=Dove+Evolution&amp;search=Search" target="_blank">YouTube</a> alone and caused an 8,000% jump in traffic on the campaign’s main Web  site. And more than one million people have viewed the latest video, <a href="http://youtube.com/results?search_query=Dove+Onslaught%27&amp;search=Search" target="_blank">“OnSlaught,”</a> on YouTube since it appeared in late 2007.</p>
<p>While Unilever is a particularly inventive  company when it comes to media strategy, campaigns such as this one are  becoming more commonplace, requiring more intricate planning and buying —  and the service of dedicated media agencies – than those that rely on  older media outlets.</p>
<p><strong> </strong>The rise of media agencies  also reflects the considerable clout they wield when negotiating to buy  space and time with media companies ranging from NBC to Time Warner to  Yahoo.</p>
<p>In 2006, according to data from Advertising Age<em>,</em> 15 media agencies controlled about $85 billion of the $150 billion  spent in domestic advertising. (Much of the rest is in local  advertising.) As with the ad agencies they split from, the media  agencies are nearly all owned by one of four communications holding  companies. And each of these, in turn, owns dozens of companies in every  marketing communications field, from public relations to sales. (See <a href="http://adage.com/datacenter/article.php?article_id=116344" target="_blank"> AdAge chart</a>.)</p>
<p>Interpublic Group, for instance, owns media  agencies Initiative and Universal McCann, as well as the public  relations agency Weber Shandwick, the ad agencies McCann Erickson  Worldwide and Deutsch (and others), and even the Hollywood publicity  outfit PMK/HBH.</p>
<p>The big four holding companies are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Interpublic Group, New York. 2006 revenue: $6.2 billion. Major clients: General Motors, Johnson &amp; Johnson, Unilever.<a><sup>30</sup></a></li>
<li>Omnicom Group, New York. 2006 revenue: $11.4 billion. Major clients: Chrysler, McDonald’s, PepsiCo.<a><sup>31</sup></a></li>
<li>Publicis Groupe, Paris. 2006 Revenue: $6 billion. Major clients: General Motors, Nestlé, Procter &amp; Gamble.<a><sup>32</sup></a></li>
<li>WPP Group, London. 2006 revenue: $11 billion. Major clients: Ford, IBM, Unilever.<a><sup>33</sup></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Ad agencies filled with account and media people still exist, but a more accurate name for them today is creative agency.</p>
<p>And yet as the advertising and media  industries continue to evolve, there are signs the business will come  full circle, with creative and media once again housed together to  create truly integrated campaigns. In December 2007, one major media  agency, Starcom Mediavest Group, announced it was developing its own  in-house creative department to help with certain parts of the creative  process, such as designing clients’ programs on the Web.<a><sup>34</sup></a></p>
<h2>Footnotes</h2>
<p><a name="1"></a></p>
<p>1.      Greg Smith, chief operating officer of Neo@Ogilvy, a digital media offshoot of Ogilvy &amp; Mather Worldwide.</p>
<p><a name="2"></a></p>
<p>2.       TNS Media Intelligence</p>
<p><a name="3"></a></p>
<p>3.        Publishers Information Bureau Revenue &amp; Ad pages by Category 2007: <a href="http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Ad_Category__quarterly___YTD_/25716.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Ad_Category__quarterly___YTD_/25716.cfm</a></p>
<p><a name="4"></a></p>
<p>4.        Advertising Age 100 Hundred Leading Advertisers: <a href="http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=118652" target="_blank">http://adage.com/datacenter/article?article_id=118652</a></p>
<p><a name="5"></a></p>
<p>5.      Attributed to John Wanamaker : <a href="http://www.quotationspage.com/quotes/John_Wanamaker/" target="_blank">http://www.quotationspage.com/quotes/John_Wanamaker/</a></p>
<p><a name="6"></a></p>
<p>6.        2008 Ad Age Advertising Jobs report: <a href="http://adage.com/images/random/datacenter/2007/annualjobs2007.pdf" target="_blank">http://adage.com/images/random/datacenter/2007/annualjobs2007.pdf</a></p>
<p><a id="7" name="7"></a></p>
<p>7. TNS Media Intelligence</p>
<p><a id="8" name="8"></a></p>
<p>8.    “Why We Don’t Know Enough About Broadband in the US,” Pew Internet &amp; American Life Project: <a href="http://www.pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.pewinternet.org/pdfs/Backgrounder.MeasuringBroadband.pdf</a></p>
<p><a id="9" name="9"></a></p>
<p>9.    Diego Vasquez. “Big Changes for Local Web Advertising,” Media Life Magazine: <a href="http://www.medialifemagazine.com/artman2/publish/Research_25/Big_changes_for_local_web_advertising.asp" target="_blank">http://www.medialifemagazine.com/artman2/publish/Research_25/Big_changes_for_local_web_advertising.asp</a></p>
<p><a id="10" name="10"></a></p>
<p>10. Interactive Advertising Bureau Internet Advertising Revenue Report first half of 2007: <a href="http://www.iab.net/media/file/IAB_PwC_2007Q2.pdf" target="_blank">http://www.iab.net/media/file/IAB_PwC_2007Q2.pdf</a></p>
<p><a id="11" name="11"></a></p>
<p>11.    “So Many Ads So Few Clicks,” BusinessWeek, November 12, 2007: <a href="http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/07_46/b4058053.htm" target="_blank">http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/07_46/b4058053.htm</a></p>
<p><a id="12" name="12"></a></p>
<p>12.    Google advertising tool AdWords: <a href="http://adwords.google.com/select/Login" target="_blank">http://adwords.google.com/select/Login</a>.</p>
<p><a id="13" name="13"></a></p>
<p>13.    “Will Give-Backs Become Contagious?” by Mariss Guthrie, Broadcasting and Cable, December 17, 2007: <a href="http://www.broadcastingcable.com/article/CA6513149.html?q=Nielsen" target="_blank">http://www.broadcastingcable.com/article/CA6513149.html?q=Nielsen</a>.</p>
<p><a id="14" name="14"></a></p>
<p>14.    “Super Bowl Slots Nearly Sold Out,” Media Week, December 15, 2006: <a href="http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003522472" target="_blank">http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003522472</a></p>
<p><a id="15" name="15"></a></p>
<p>15.    “40 Million Spent to Tout Candidates on Iowa TV,” CNN.com, January 1, 2008: <a href="http://www.cnn.com/2008/POLITICS/01/01/iowa.ad.spending/" target="_blank">http://www.cnn.com/2008/POLITICS/01/01/iowa.ad.spending/</a>.</p>
<p><a id="16" name="16"></a></p>
<p>16.    TNS Media Intelligence: <a href="http://www.tns-mi.com/news/12112007.htm" target="_blank">http://www.tns-mi.com/news/12112007.htm</a></p>
<p><a id="17" name="17"></a></p>
<p>17.    Nielsen Online Ad Relevance.  .</p>
<p><a id="18" name="18"></a></p>
<p>18.    “The New York Times Company Reports 2007 Third-Quarter Results,” New York Times Company Press Release. October 23, 2007: <a href="http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=105317&amp;p=irol-pressArticle&amp;ID=1066071&amp;highlight" target="_blank">http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=105317&amp;p=irol-pressArticle&amp;ID=1066071&amp;highlight</a>=</p>
<p><a id="19" name="19"></a></p>
<p>19.    Magazine Publishers of America. Magazine Digital Initiatives 2007: <a href="http://www.magazine.org/digital/25681.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/digital/25681.cfm</a></p>
<p><a></a>20.    Publishers Information Bureau. Revenue and Pages by Magazine Titles Yearly table.</p>
<p><a id="21" name="21"></a></p>
<p>21.    “AdWeek to Expand Digital Offering.” AdWeek, November 20, 2007: <a href="http://www.adweek.com/aw/national/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003676050" target="_blank">http://www.adweek.com/aw/national/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003676050</a>.</p>
<p><a id="22" name="22"></a></p>
<p>22.    Publishers Information Bureau. Revenue &amp; Pages by Magazine Titles (Quarterly): <a href="http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Magazine_Titles__quarterly_/24509.cfm" target="_blank">http://www.magazine.org/Advertising_and_PIB/PIB_Revenue_and_Pages/Revenue___Pages_by_Magazine_Titles__quarterly_/24509.cfm</a>.</p>
<p><a id="23" name="23"></a></p>
<p>23.    Nat Ives. “Chrysler CEO says Ad Spending Unlikely to Increase,” Advertising Age, October 29, 2007: <a href="http://adage.com/amc07/article?article_id=121607&amp;search_phrase=Chrysler+magazines" target="_blank">http://adage.com/amc07/article?article_id=121607&amp;search_phrase=Chrysler+magazines</a></p>
<p><a id="24" name="24"></a></p>
<p>24.    Anthony Crupi. “Buyers Debate C3 Ratings,” MediaWeek, November 16, 2007: <a href="http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003673852" target="_blank">http://www.mediaweek.com/mw/search/article_display.jsp?vnu_content_id=1003673852 </a></p>
<p><a id="25" name="25"></a></p>
<p>25. Brian Stelter. “In Foray into TV, Google is to Track Ad Audiences,” New York Times, October 24, 2007: <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/24/business/media/24adco.html" target="_blank">http://www.nytimes.com/2007/10/24/business/media/24adco.html</a></p>
<p><a id="26" name="26"></a></p>
<p>26.    “NBC Partners with TiVo on Advertising and Research Solutions,” TiVo press release, November 27, 2007: <a href="http://tivo.com/abouttivo/pressroom/pressreleases/2007/release_112707.html" target="_blank">http://tivo.com/abouttivo/pressroom/pressreleases/2007/release_112707.html</a></p>
<p><a id="27" name="27"></a></p>
<p>27.    “MediaMark, DJG Marketing and WRSS to Test Passive Measurement of  Magazine Readership in Public Places.” Mediamark Research and  Intelligence Press Release, December 3, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="28" name="28"></a></p>
<p>28.    Randall Rothenberg. “Facebook’s Flop,” Wall Street Journal, December 14, 2007:<a href="http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119760316554728877.html" target="_blank">http://online.wsj.com/article/SB119760316554728877.html</a></p>
<p><a id="29" name="29"></a></p>
<p>29.    Paid media for Unilever’s Dove campaign includes the interactive  billboard, print ads and the 2006 Super Bowl spot. The major expense on  the viral videos was production. The Web site costs include production  and site maintenance.</p>
<p><a id="30" name="30"></a></p>
<p>30.    The Interpublic Group of Companies, 2008 Annual Report:    <a href="http://library.corporate-ir.net/library/87/878/87867/items/247880/2006ar.pdf" target="_blank">http://library.corporate-ir.net/library/87/878/87867/items/247880/2006ar.pdf</a></p>
<p><a id="31" name="31"></a></p>
<p>31. “Omnicom Reports 2006 Fourth Quarter and Year End Results,” Omnicom Press release, Feb. 13, 2007: <a href="http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=102269&amp;p=irol-newsArticle&amp;ID=962272&amp;highlight" target="_blank">http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=102269&amp;p=irol-newsArticle&amp;ID=962272&amp;highlight</a>=</p>
<p><a id="32" name="32"></a></p>
<p>32.    David Giantasio. “Publicis’ Net Income up 15%,” AdWeek, February 28, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="33" name="33"></a></p>
<p>33.    David Giantasio. “WPP’s Revenue, Profit up in ’06,” AdWeek, February 23, 2007.</p>
<p><a id="34" name="34"></a></p>
<p>34.    Joe Mandese. “SMG eyes ‘Agency of the Future,’ Expands Creative Services Role, Media Daily News,” December 19, 2007.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://stateofthemedia.org/2008/special-reports-the-future-of-advertising/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
